AT

RAKSHA BUSINESS CENTRE, ZIRAKPUR

TENDER DOCUMENT
FOR
HVAC WORKS
Dated: 25th September’ 18

Architects HVAC Consultants

THERMAL FACTOR
SAHA AND ASSOCIATES
ARCHITECTS, PLANNERS AND INT. DESIGNERS Unit # 210, 2nd Floor,
D-22 (LOWER GROUND FLOOR) Vipul Business Park
PAMPOSH ENCLAVE, NEW DELHI-110048 Sohna Road, Sector-48, Gurugram
TEL: 26285932, 26461121, FAX: 91-11-26426755 (Haryana)-122004
E-Mail: , [email protected], Tel  :   0124-4521885
[email protected] E Mail : [email protected]
www.sahaandassociates.com  [email protected]
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

1. INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT ….. 3-5

2. SYSTEM DESIGN ….. 6-43

3. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT ….. 44-47

4. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ….. 48-165

5. PREAMBLE ….. 166-169

6. GUARANTEE PROFORMA FOR HVAC INSTALLATION ….. 170

7. TECHNICAL DATA TO BE FILLED BY VENDOR ….. 171-188

8. LIST OF MATERIALS OF APPROVED MAKES / BRANDS ….. 189-194

9. PERFORMA FOR TEST RESULTS ….. 195-198

10. LIST OF EQUIPMENTS & ACCESSORIES ….. 199

1. TENDER NUMBER

2. DATE OF ISSUE

3. TENDER ISSUED TO

Saha & Associates 2 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT
1. General

This document pertains to supply ,installation ,testing and commissioning of HVAC

system & Mechanical Ventilation System and intended to be read in conjunction with the
relevant IS codes and IS Specifications (latest).

2. Details of Site

The site is situated at Zirakpur, Punjab and comprises of floors as mentioned in the following
clause under sub head “Design Data”

3. Contractor’s Scope of Work

The scope of work proposed under this contract includes supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of the complete HVAC system as elaborated in design drawings, detailed
specifications and bill of quantities.

The scope shall cover Supply and Installation of all necessary equipment including water
cooled screw chillers, FRP Cooling Towers, Primary & Secondary CHW pumps, CDW
pumps, double skin air handling units, VFDs, MS heavy class CHW piping with insulation,
valves, axial fans, fan sections, inline fans, propeller fans etc.

All necessary controls associated with the water cooled screw chillers for efficient functioning
of the entire air conditioning system.

Scope of work also includes supply, fabrication and installation of GSS ductwork,
grilles/diffusers and insulation as required.

Routine testing , pressure testing of fabricated components, balancing and Commissioning of

the entire HVAC system and performance testing as per system requirement shall also be
covered in the scope.

The Contractor shall be responsible to complete the entire work under scope in all
respect in line with the contract documents and with the directions of and to the
satisfaction of the Architects/Consultants and Owners.

The Contractor shall furnish all labour, materials and equipment ( except those to be supplied
by the Owners, if any) as listed under bill of quantities and specified otherwise,
transportation and incidental necessary for supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
complete HVAC system.

The scope shall also cover supply and installation of materials, equipment, appliances and
incidental work not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the drawings or
documents as being furnished or installed, but which are necessary and customary to
make a complete installation. Supply of such material/equipment and execution shall be
carried out in accordance with the most latest IS codes and IS specifications. In the event of
Saha & Associates 3 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

non availability of relevant IS codes/specifications, good engineering practices shall be

adopted.

4. Items to be provided by other agencies :

The following activities associated with the said contract shall be carried out by other
agencies under direct supervision of the AC contractor :
4.1 Civil Works :

All associated civil works listed below shall be carried out by civil /interior contractor :

4.1.1 Foundation in basement for installation of High side equipment including water cooled screw
chillers, chilled/condenser water pumps and MCC.

4.1.2 Floating structural foundation for installation of cooling towers at terrace.

4.1.3 Foundation for air handling units including PCC/RCC blocks as required.

4.1.4 Providing opening in walls/ slabs for crossing of piping and making them good &
finished.

4.1.5 False ceiling work.

4.1.6 Providing aluminium channel trough in the false ceiling for fixing of diffusers and GI
frame work in walls/partitions for fixing of grilles.

4.1.7 Providing 50mm thick heavy density extruded polystyrene insulation for roof exposed to sun as
over deck thermal insulation.
4.2 Plumbing Works :
All associated plumbing works listed below shall be carried out by plumbing contractor.

4.2.1 Providing 25mm dia quick- fill & soft make- up water connection at cooling tower sumps,
Scrubber, Air Washer and CHW expansion tank as shown in the drawings.

4.2.2 Providing drainage arrangement within plant room and on terrace.

4.2.3 Providing floor trap in AHU Room for termination of condensate drain piping to be carried
out by the AC contractor.

4.3. Electrical Works :

All associated electrical works listed below shall be carried out by electrical contractor :

4.3.1 Providing 415 + 10 % volts, 50 Hz, 3 phase stabilised power supply at each MCC to be
installed in basement and control panel of Pumps, each air handling unit and ventilation fans
etc. in the form of power cabling and necessary earthing.

Saha & Associates 4 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

4.3.2 Providing 220 + 6 % volts, 50 Hz, 1 phase power point near each propeller fan and inline
fans as shown in the design drawings.

**************************

Saha & Associates 5 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

SYSTEM DESIGN

1.0 Introduction:

A Central air-conditioning system using water cooled screw chillers is being designed for
proposed Holiday Inn at Raksha Business Centre at Chandigarh-Ambala Highway NH-22,
Zirakpur to provide year round air conditioning.

The design being proposed also envisages mechanical ventilation system for Kitchen,
Toilets, Pantry and other similar spaces.

Smoke Exhaust arrangement for common areas and Pressurization System is being designed
as per NBC Norms.

The design being adopted has been divided into following two categories to deal separately
with the various systems :

A. AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

B. MECHANICAL VENTILATION SYSTEM

A. AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

1.0 Basis of Design:

The various design parameters pertaining to air-conditioning system are being given
hereunder:

a. Orientation:

Orientation of the building is as envisaged in the Site Plan.

b. Outside design conditions :

The outside design conditions for ZIRAKPUR are given hereunder:

Season Dry Bulb Temperature Wet Bulb Temperature

Summer 110 F (43.3 C) db 75 F (23.9 C) wb

Monsoon 95 F (35 C) db 80 F (26.7 C) wb

Winter 45 F (7.2 C) db 41 F (5.0 C) wb

Saha & Associates 6 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

c. Inside design conditions :

Summer & Monsoon:

i. For Public Spaces i.e. Banquet Hall, Pre-function, ADD, Bar etc.

Temperature : 73.4 + 2ºF (23+1ºC)

Relative Humidity : 60±5%

ii. For Guest Rooms

Temperature : 73.4 + 2ºF (23+1ºC)

Relative Humidity : 60±5%

iii. For Gym

Temperature : 64.4+ 2ºF (18+1ºC)

Relative Humidity : 60±5%

iv. For Stores

Temperature : 75.2+ 2ºF (24+1ºC)

Relative Humidity : 60±5%

v. For Kitchen

Around Cooking Ranges :

The temperature approximately one meter away from the cooking ranges shall
generally be as under.

Temperature : 78.8 + 2ºF (26+1ºC)

Relative Humidity : No Control

Winter:

vi. For Reception, ADD& Lobby

Temperature : 69.8+ 2ºF (21+1ºC)

d. External Building Fabric detail (to be further verified by the Clients/Architects) :

The following details as regard to heat gain from external building fabric have been
considered which are subject to further confirmation from Developers/Architects :

i. For Double Glass :

Solar Factor: 0.54

Saha & Associates 7 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Overall Heat Transfer Co-efficient (“U” Value): 0.5 BTUs/Hr Sft F(2.84
Watt/SqM K)

ii. For Walls (230mm Brick Wall):

Overall Heat Transfer Co-efficient (“U” Value) : 0.32 BTUs/Hr Sft F (1.82
Watt/SqM K)

iii. For Roof Exposed to Sun (with 50mm thick Extruded Polystyrene
Overdeck insulation) :

Overall Heat Transfer Co-efficient (“U” Value): 0.16 BTUs/Hr Sft F(0.91
Watt/SqM K).

e. Mechanical ventilation System:

i. For Common Toilets :

@ Not less than 20 ACPH. ATG shall be provided at each toilet door for air
transfer.

ii. For Common Toilets – For Banquet Hall :

@ Not less than 25 ACPH. ATG shall be provided at each toilet door for air
transfer.

iii. For Private Toilets :

@ Not less than 10-12 ACPH. ATG shall be provided at each toilet door for air
transfer.

f. Relevant International Codes and Standards:

Apart from the specific equipment standards and specifications, the following broad
certifying agency/standards will be considered while designing the system:
i. ASHRAE -American Society for Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning
Engineers –ASHRAE1992 Edition.
ii. SMACNA – Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association.
iii. UL - Underwriter’s Laboratory, USA.
iv. ANSI - American National Standards Institute
v. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association
vi. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories

vii. NEC - National Electrical Code

Saha & Associates 8 Thermal Factor

 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

viii. NFC - National Fire Code

ix. ISO - International Standards Organization

x. IHG - Brand Standard Manual

xi. IHG - Green Engage Guide

g. Fresh air replenishment:

Generally as per ASHRAE Standard 62.1 – 2010 recommendations

i. For Office Spaces & Lobbies – 5Cfm/Person + 0.06Cfm/Sq. Ft

ii. For Banquet Hal, ADD/Bar, Pre Function etc. – 7.5Cfm/Person + 0.18Cfm/Sq.
Ft)

h. Thickness and type of material for ductwork:

i. For supply ducts surrounded by return air: 13mmthick Class “O” closed cell
elastomeric (Nitrile Rubber) insulation material.

ii. For supply and Return both ducted (Inside): 16mm thick Class “O” closed cell
elastomeric (Nitrile Rubber) insulation material for supply ducts and 13mm
thick same material for return ducts.

iii. For Exposed Supply ducts: 25mm thick Class “O” closed cell elastomeric
(Nitrile Rubber) insulation material with glass cloth & UV protection paint.

iv. Acoustic Lining of Ducts : 25mm thick fibre glass insulation or 10mm open
cell Nitrile Rubber Insulation.

v. AHU Room Acoustic Lining : 50mm thick fibre glass insulation

i. Occupancy Details

i. Banquet Hall : 12.9Sft/Person (1.2SqM/Person)

ii. ADD & Bar : 21.5Sft/Person (2.0SqM/Person)

j. Design Data:

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Appliances * Fresh

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Sft) Air
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft) (Cfm)
Second Basement
Passenger Lift 240 11.2 3 1.1 Nil Nil 30
Lobby
Lift Lobby 630 11.2 5 1.1 Nil Nil 63

Veg Prep 260 11.2 3 1.2 1.73KW Nil 100%

Saha & Associates 9 Thermal Factor
 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Appliances * Fresh

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Sft) Air
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft) (Cfm)
Fresh Air
0.53KW
(3.03KW**
Equipment Load
@ 70% Diversity
and 25% Heat
Dissipation)
+
1.2KW
(for refrigerators
& freezers @ 80%
Diversity of
1.5KW***)
Meat Prep 405 11.2 3 1.2 3.27KW Nil 100%
Fresh Air
0.57KW
(3.265KW**
Equipment Load
@ 70% Diversity
and 25% Heat
Dissipation)
+
2.7KW
(for refrigerators
& freezers @ 80%
Diversity of
3.375KW***)
Food Lab 95 11.2 3 1.2 2.19KW Nil 40

1.79KW
(10.25KW**
Equipment Load
@ 70% Diversity
and 25% Heat
Dissipation)
+
0.4KW
(for refrigerators
& freezers @ 80%
Diversity of
0.5KW***)
Security Office 115 11.2 4 1.1 2.48 Nil 27
(WS- 4Nos. @
0.12KW each
+
2KW Anticipated
Saha & Associates 10 Thermal Factor
 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Appliances * Fresh

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Sft) Air
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft) (Cfm)
for other
Equipments)
Security Manager 75 11.2 3 1.1 0.25 Nil 20

Receiving/ 125 11.2 3 1.1 0.75 Nil 23

Purchase Office (WS- 3Nos. @
0.12KW each +
Printer etc.)
Purchase Manager 90 11.2 3 1.1 0.25 Nil 20

Engineering 755 11.2 15 1.9 1.8 Nil 120

Office (WS- 15Nos. @
0.12KW each)
Total-2B 2790 343

First Basement
Lift Lobby 240 11.8 3 1.1 Nil Nil 30

Total-1B 240 30

Lower Ground Floor

Lift Lobby 1000 23.3 8 1.1 Nil Nil 100

Banquet Lift 1350 10.8 12 1.1 Nil Nil 140

Lobby
Total-LGF 2350 240

First Floor
Lift Lobby 360 23.8 3 1.1 Nil Nil 37

Total-FF 360 37

Third Floor
Admin Area 1130 10.1 25 1.1 3.5 Nil 193
(45Sft (WS- 24 Nos. @
/Person) 0.12KW + 0.5KW
for Printer etc.)
Training Room 315 10.1 17 1.1 1.0 Nil 123
(Projector/Screens
etc.)
HR Office 340 10.1 8 1.1 1.21 Nil 60
(45Sft (WS- 8Nos. @
/Person) 0.12KW +
0.25KW for
Printer etc.)

Saha & Associates 11 Thermal Factor

 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Appliances * Fresh

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Sft) Air
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft) (Cfm)
Stewarding Store 270 10.1 2 0.8 Nil Nil 26

General store 340 10.1 2 0.8 Nil Nil 30

Liquor Store 120 10.1 2 0.8 1.0 Nil 17

(Anticipated)
Beverage Store 230 10.1 2 0.8 1.0 Nil 24
(Anticipated)
Food Store 560 10.1 4 0.8 1.0 Nil 54
(Anticipated)
Banquet Store 530 10.1 4 0.8 Nil Nil 52

Linen & Uniform 610 10.1 4 0.8 Nil Nil 57

Room
Housekeeping 175 10.1 4 1.1 0.73 Nil 31
Office (45Sft (WS- 4 Nos. @
/Person) 0.12KW +
0.25KW for
Printer etc.)
Housekeeping 690 10.1 4 0.8 Nil Nil 61
Store
Long Term Store 615 10.1 2 0.8 Nil Nil 47

Guest valet 270 10.1 2 0.84 Nil Nil 27

Female Locker 390 10.1 8 0.8 Nil Nil 63

Male Locker 725 10.1 10 0.8 Nil Nil 94

Passage Area 1560 10.1 5 1.1 Nil Nil 119

Staff Cafeteria 1220 10.1 70 1.1 1.0 13 745

(Anticipated)
Gym 5000 10.1 120 1.1 2.0 Nil 2700
(Anticipated)
Spa 1000 10.1 25 1.1 1.0 Nil 620
(Anticipated)
Lift Lobby 380 10.1 3 1.1 Nil Nil 38

Total-3F 16470 5181

Fourth Floor
Lobby & 1045 13.5 15 1.1 0.5 Nil 138
Reception Area (Anticipated)
Banquet Office 165 13.5 3 1.1 0.75 Nil 25
(WS- 3Nos. @
0.12KW each +
Saha & Associates 12 Thermal Factor
 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Appliances * Fresh

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Sft) Air
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft) (Cfm)
Printer etc.)
Manager 115 13.5 3 1.1 0.25 Nil 22

Pre-function Area 5840 13.5 450 1.4 4.0 40 3725

(@ (Anticipated)
13Sq.Ft/Pers
on)
Banquet Lift 685 13.5 5 1.1 Nil Nil 66
lobby

Banquet Hall -1 1660 29.5 128 1.4 1.5 14 1259

(Double Height) (@ (Anticipated)
13Sq.Ft/Pers
on)
Banquet Hall -2 2400 29.5 185 1.4 1.5 20 1820
(Double Height) (@ (Anticipated)
13Sq.Ft/Pers
on)
Banquet Hall -3 3140 29.5 242 1.4 1.5 25 2380
(Double Height) (@ (Anticipated)
13Sq.Ft/Pers
on)
Board Room 515 13.5 15 1.3 0.75 Nil 106
(Laptops &
Projector etc.)
Meeting Room 420 13.5 10 1.3 0.75 Nil 75
(Laptops &
Projector etc.)
Service Lift 350 13.5 3 1.1 Nil Nil 36
Lobby
Kitchen 3165 13.5 20 1.2 16.05KW 20 --
(91.7KW**
Equipment Load
@ 70% Diversity
and 25% Heat
Dissipation)
+
7.22KW
(for refrigerators
& freezers @ 80%
Diversity of
9.025KW***)
+
134274 BTUs/Hr
(959102 BTUs/Hr
(@ 80% Diversity
Saha & Associates 13 Thermal Factor
 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Appliances * Fresh

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Sft) Air
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft) (Cfm)
and 17.5% Heat
Dissipation)
Total-4F 19500 9652

Fifth Floor
Lobby &Corridor 2075 17.2 15 1.1 0.5 Nil 200
(Anticipated)
Front Office 325 17.2 5 1.1 0.85 Nil 45
(WS- 4Nos. @
0.12KW each +
Printer etc.)
Manager 115 17.2 3 1.1 0.25 Nil 22

Luggage 105 17.2 1 0.8 -- Nil 11

Bar 1235 17.2 38 1.4 2.235KW 8 507

0.875KW
(5.0KW**
Equipment Load
@ 70% Diversity
and 25% Heat
Dissipation)
+
1.36KW
(for refrigerators
& freezers @ 80%
Diversity of
1.7KW***)
Banquet Lift 685 17.2 5 1.1 Nil Nil 66
lobby

ADD &Lounge 5630 17.2 140 1.4 8.62KW 10 2063

4.6KW
(26.3KW**
Equipment Load
@ 70% Diversity
and 25% Heat
Dissipation)
+
4.02KW
(for refrigerators
& freezers @ 80%
Diversity of
5.025KW***)
Saha & Associates 14 Thermal Factor
 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Appliances * Fresh

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Sft) Air
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft) (Cfm)
+
49176 BTUs/Hr
(409801 BTUs/Hr
(@ 80% Diversity
and 15% Heat
Dissipation)
Service Lift 690 17.2 4 1.1 Nil Nil 61
Lobby
Kitchen-RHS 1515 17.2 12 1.2 6.73KW 20 --
(38.45KW**
Equipment Load
@ 70% Diversity
and 25% Heat
Dissipation)
+
5.18KW
(for refrigerators
& freezers @ 80%
Diversity of
6.475KW***)
+
118603 BTUs/Hr
(847166 BTUs/Hr
(@ 80% Diversity
and 17.5% Heat
Dissipation)
Kitchen-LHS 385 17.2 5 1.2 1.86KW -- --
(10.63KW**
Equipment Load
@ 70% Diversity
and 25% Heat
Dissipation)
+
2.7KW
(for refrigerators
& freezers @ 80%
Diversity of
3.375KW***)
Total-5F 12760 2975
Sixth Floor to Tenth Floor (Total - 5 Nos.)-Typical Floor
Room – 1 South 305 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50
Side
Room-2&4 to 8 255x6 9.7 2 each 1.1 Nil Nil 50x6
(6 Nos.) =1530 =300

Saha & Associates 15 Thermal Factor

 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Appliances * Fresh

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Sft) Air
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft) (Cfm)
Room-3 255 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50

Room-9/Deluxe 435 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50

Room
Room-10 255 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50

Room-11 to 15 & 255x7 9.7 2 each 1.1 Nil Nil 50x7

17to 18 (7 Nos.) =1785 =350
Room-16 305 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50

Room-19 305 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50

Lift Lobby 340 9.7 3 1.1 Nil Nil 35

adjoining
Passenger Lift
Corridor 1055 9.7 5 1.1 Nil Nil 88

Lift Lobby 280 9.7 3 1.1 Nil Nil 27

adjoining Service
Lift
Total For One 6850 1100
Floor
Total For 6F to 6850x5 1100x5
10F (5 Nos.) =34250 =5500
Eleventh Floor
Suite– 1 South 585 9.7 4 1.1 Nil Nil 100
Side
Room-1 255 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50

Room-2 to 6 255x5 9.7 2 each 1.1 Nil Nil 50x5

(5 Nos.) =1275 =250
Room-7/Deluxe 375 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50
Room
Room-8 255 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50

Room-9 to 15 255x7 9.7 2 each 1.1 Nil Nil 50x7

(7 Nos.) =1785 =350
Suite– 2 North 585 9.7 4 1.1 Nil Nil 100
Side
Lift Lobby 340 9.7 3 1.1 Nil Nil 35
adjoining
Passenger Lift
Corridor 1055 9.7 5 1.1 Nil Nil 88

Lift Lobby 280 9.7 3 1.1 Nil Nil 27

adjoining Service
Saha & Associates 16 Thermal Factor
 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Appliances * Fresh

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Sft) Air
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft) (Cfm)
Lift
Total –11th Floor 6790 1100

TwelfthFloor
Suite– 1 South 585 9.7 4 1.1 Nil Nil 100
Side
Room-1 255 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50

Room-2 to 6 255x5 9.7 2 each 1.1 Nil Nil 50x5

(5 Nos.) =1275 =250
Room-7/Deluxe 375 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50
Room
Room-8 255 9.7 2 1.1 Nil Nil 50

Room-9 to 15 255x7 9.7 2 each 1.1 Nil Nil 50x7

(7 Nos.) =1785 =350
Suite– 2 North 585 9.7 4 1.1 Nil Nil 100
Side
Lift Lobby 340 9.7 3 1.1 Nil Nil 35
adjoining
Passenger Lift
Corridor 1055 9.7 5 1.1 Nil Nil 88

Lift Lobby 280 9.7 3 1.1 Nil Nil 27

adjoining Service
Lift
Total – 12th 6790 1100
Floor
Grand Total 102300 26158

* Appliances in the form of food warmers.

Technical Spaces

Space Floor Height Occupancy Lighting Equipment Load Fresh Air

Area (Ft) (Persons) Load (KW) (Cfm)
(Sft) (Watt/ Sft)
Third Floor
IT Area 335 10.1 Inputs Awaited 1.5 Inputs Awaited --

Notes:

i. Design Data considered above is subject to further confirmation from Client’s

end.

Saha & Associates 17 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

2.0 Heat Loads and Proposed Equipment Selection:

Based on the plans and above design data the heat loads for the various spaces to be air-
conditioned have been worked out and heat load results along with equipment selection are
given hereunder:

Space Floor Peak Heat Loads Calculated Low Side Equipment

Area (TR) Dehumidified Selection
(Sft) Air Quantity
(Cfm)
Summer Monsoon
Second Basement
Passenger Lift 240 1.2 0.8 675 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Lobby Unit
Lift Lobby 630 2.5 1.7 1420 1x1450Cfm/3.0TR Ceiling
suspended Air Handling unit
with 6 Rows deep cooling coil
Veg Prep 260 6.0 7.8 1130 1x1150CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit with 6 Rows deep
cooling coil
Supply-1000Cfm
Exhaust – 1150Cfm
Meat Prep 405 12.3 16.5 2470 1x2500CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit with 6 Rows deep
cooling coil
Supply-2300Cfm
Exhaust – 2500Cfm
Food Lab 95 1.4 1.3 760 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Security Office 115 1.4 1.3 795 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Security Manager 75 0.7 0.5 405 1x1.5TR/600Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Receiving/ 125 1.0 0.8 580 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Purchase Office Unit
Purchase Manager 90 0.7 0.5 405 1x1.5TR/600Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Engineering Office 755 3.6 3.0 1860 1x2000Cfm/4.0TR Ceiling
suspended Air Handling unit
with 6 Rows deep cooling coil
Fresh Air -- -- -- -- 1x700Cfm Treated Fresh
Arrangement Handling unit with 6 Rows
deep cooling coil
Total-2B 2790 30.8 34.2 10500

First Basement
Lift Lobby 240 1.2 0.8 700 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Saha & Associates 18 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Peak Heat Loads Calculated Low Side Equipment

Area (TR) Dehumidified Selection
(Sft) Air Quantity
(Cfm)
Summer Monsoon
Total-1B 240 1.2 0.8 700
Lower Ground Floor
Lift Lobby 1000 6.5 4.3 3155 1x3400Cfm/7.0TR Ceiling
suspended Air Handling units
with 6 Rows deep cooling coil
Banquet Lift 1350 6.1 4.2 3340 1x3400Cfm/7.0TR Ceiling
Lobby suspended Air Handling units
with 6 Rows deep cooling coil
Total-LGF 2350 12.6 8.5 6495
First Floor
Lift Lobby 360 2.4 1.6 1250 1x1400Cfm/2.5TR Ceiling
suspended Air Handling
unitswith 6 Rows deep
cooling coil
Total-1F 360 2.4 1.6 1250
Third Floor
Admin Area 1130 6.1 5.8 3090 1x3300Cfm/6.5TR Ceiling
suspended Air Handling units
with 6 Rows deep cooling coil
Training Room 315 2.0 2.0 820 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
HR Office 340 1.5 1.4 720 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Stewarding Store 270 0.5 0.4 260 1x1.5TR/600Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
General store 340 0.6 0.5 320 1x1.5TR/600Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Liquor Store 120 0.6 0.6 350 1x1.5TR/600Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Beverage Store 230 0.8 0.7 450 1x1.5TR/600Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Food Store 560 1.8 1.5 1020 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Banquet Store 530 1.6 1.2 870 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Linen & Uniform 610 1.8 1.3 995 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
Room Unit
Housekeeping 175 0.9 0.8 460 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Office Unit
Housekeeping 690 3.5 3.2 2105 2x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
Store Unit

Saha & Associates 19 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Peak Heat Loads Calculated Low Side Equipment

Area (TR) Dehumidified Selection
(Sft) Air Quantity
(Cfm)
Summer Monsoon
Long Term Store 615 2.1 1.7 1210 2x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Guest valet 270 0.7 0.5 340 1x1.5TR/600Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Female Locker 390 1.2 1.0 550 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Male Locker 725 1.8 1.5 870 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Passage Area 1560 3.7 2.7 1970 2x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Units
Staff Cafeteria 1220 9.7 11.2 3060 1x3300Cfm/12.0TR Ceiling
suspended Air Handling units
with 6 Rows deep cooling coil
Gym 5000 33.3 35.8 18040 1x19000Cfm/35TR Floor
Mounted Air Handling
unitwith 6 Rows deep cooling
coil
&
1x2700CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit
Supply-2700Cfm
Exhaust – 2850Cfm
Spa 1000 10.3 10.6 4700 1x5000Cfm/11TR Floor
Mounted Air Handling
unitwith 6 Rows deep cooling
coil
&
1x600Cfm HRV unit
Supply-600Cfm
Exhaust – 650Cfm
Lift Lobby 380 1.9 1.7 1050 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Fresh Air -- -- -- -- 1x1100Cfm Treated Fresh
Arrangement Handling unit with 6 Rows
deep cooling coil
Total-3F 16470 86.4 86.1 43250

Fourth Floor
Lobby & 1045 3.3 3.2 1600 1x2700Cfm/6.0TR Ceiling
Reception Area suspended Air Handling units
Banquet Office 165 1.1 0.9 595 with 6 Rows deep cooling coil

Manager 115 0.5 0.5 260

Saha & Associates 20 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Peak Heat Loads Calculated Low Side Equipment

Area (TR) Dehumidified Selection
(Sft) Air Quantity
(Cfm)
Summer Monsoon

Pre-function Area 5840 46.8 52.1 15320 2x6800Cfm/19.5TR &

1x5000Cfm/14.5TR Floor
Banquet Lift lobby 685 2.6 2.0 1435 Mounted Air Handling
unitwith 6 Rows deep cooling
coil
&
1x4200CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit
Supply-4200Cfm
Exhaust – 3900Cfm
Banquet Hall -1 1660 23.0 23.4 9420 1x10000Cfm/23TRFloor
(Double Height) Mounted Air Handling
unitwith 6 Rows deep cooling
coil
&
1x1250CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit
Supply-1250Cfm
Exhaust – 900Cfm
Banquet Hall -2 2400 24.4 26.3 8115 1x9000Cfm/26TR Floor
(Double Height) Mounted Air Handling
unitwith 6 Rows deep cooling
coil
&
1x1850CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit
Supply-1850Cfm
Exhaust – 1300Cfm
Banquet Hall -3 3140 34.6 36.0 12290 1x13500Cfm/36TR Floor
(Double Height) Mounted Air Handling
unitwith 6 Rows deep cooling
coil
&
1x2400CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit
Supply-2400Cfm
Exhaust – 1700Cfm
Board Room 515 2.0 2.1 880 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Meeting Room 420 1.4 1.5 640 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Service Lift Lobby 350 1.2 0.8 650 1x1.5TR/600Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Saha & Associates 21 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Peak Heat Loads Calculated Low Side Equipment

Area (TR) Dehumidified Selection
(Sft) Air Quantity
(Cfm)
Summer Monsoon
Kitchen 3165 36.4 42.9 13365 3x4600Cfm/13TR Ceiling
suspended Air Handling unit
with 6 Rows deep cooling coil
&
1x2650CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit with 6 Rows deep
cooling coil of 10TR
Supply-2650Cfm
Exhaust – 2650Cfm
Total-4F 19500 177.3 191.7 64570

Fifth Floor
Lobby &Corridor 2075 6.6 5.6 3460 1x4800Cfm/9.5TR Ceiling
suspended Air Handling units
Front Office 325 1.2 1.1 590 with 6 Rows deep cooling coil

Manager 115 0.4 0.4 175

Luggage 105 0.2 0.2 110

Bar 1235 6.7 7.4 2360 1x2600Cfm/7.5TR Ceiling

suspended Air Handling units
with 6 Rows deep cooling coil
Banquet Lift lobby 685 2.8 2.2 1535 1x19000Cfm/41TR Floor
Mounted Air Handling
ADD & Lounge 5630 41.9 46.6 15930 unitwith 6 Rows deep cooling
coil
&
1x4500CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit
Supply-4500Cfm
Exhaust – 3100Cfm
Service Lift Lobby 690 2.3 1.6 1250 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Kitchen-RHS 1515 27.4 34.6 8970 2x5300Cfm/15TR Ceiling
suspended Air Handling unit
Kitchen-LHS 385 2.9 2.6 1300 with 6 Rows deep cooling coil
&
1x2850CfmFloor Mounted
HRW unit with 6 Rows deep
cooling coil of 10TR
Supply-2850Cfm
Exhaust – 2850Cfm
Saha & Associates 22 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Peak Heat Loads Calculated Low Side Equipment

Area (TR) Dehumidified Selection
(Sft) Air Quantity
(Cfm)
Summer Monsoon
Fresh Air -- 19.8 35.7 8100 1x8100Cfm/36TR Treated
Arrangement for Fresh Handling unit with 6
Show Kitchen Rows deep cooling coil
Make Up &
Maintaining
Neutral Pressure
Total-5F 12760 112.2 138.0 43780

Sixth Floor
Room – 1 South 305 1.2 0.8 770 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
Side Unit
Room-2&4 to 8 255x6 0.8x6 0.5x6 510x6 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
(6 Nos.) =1530 =4.8 =3.0 =3060 Unit(Total – 6 Units)
Room-3 255 1.1 0.6 615 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Room-9/ 435 1.3 0.8 825 2x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Deluxe Room Units
Room-10 255 1.0 0.6 625 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Room-11 to 15 & 255x7 0.8x7 0.5x7 490x7 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
17to 18 (7 Nos.) =1785 =5.6 =3.5 =3430 Unit(Total – 7 Units)
Room-16 305 0.9 0.5 565 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Room-19 305 1.2 0.7 760 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Lift Lobby 340 0.9 0.7 500 1x2.0TR/800Cfm High Static
adjoining type Fan Coil Unit
Passenger Lift
Lift Lobby 280 2.0 1.5 1230 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
adjoining Service Unit
Lift
Sub Total- 5795 20.0 12.7 12380
Corridor 1055 11.9 15.9 2450 1x2500Cfm Treated Fresh
Handling unit with 6 Rows
deep cooling coil
Total -6F 6850 31.9 28.6 14830

Seventh Floor to Tenth Floor (4 Nos.), Typical

Room – 1 South 305 1.1 0.8 720 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
Side Unit
Room-2&4 to 8 255x6 0.7x6 0.5x6 455x6 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
(6 Nos.) =1530 =4.2 =3.0 =2730 Unit(Total – 6 Units)
Room-3 255 1.0 0.6 625 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Saha & Associates 23 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Peak Heat Loads Calculated Low Side Equipment

Area (TR) Dehumidified Selection
(Sft) Air Quantity
(Cfm)
Summer Monsoon
Unit
Room-9/ Deluxe 435 1.1 0.8 735 2x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Room Units
Room-10 255 0.9 0.6 570 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Room-11 to 15 & 255x7 0.7x7 0.5x7 440x7 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
17to 18 (7 Nos.) =1785 =4.9 =3.5 =3080 Unit(Total – 7 Units)
Room-16 305 0.8 0.5 500 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Room-19 305 1.1 0.7 700 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Lift Lobby 340 0.9 0.7 500 1x2.0TR/800Cfm High Static
adjoining type Fan Coil Unit
Passenger Lift
Lift Lobby 280 2.0 1.5 1230 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
adjoining Service Unit
Lift
Sub Total 5795 18.0 12.7 11390

Corridor 1055 11.9 15.9 2450 1x2500Cfm Treated Fresh

Handling unit with 6 Rows
deep cooling coil
Total For One 6850 29.9 28.6 13840
Floor
Total For 7F to 6850x4 29.9x4 28.6x4 13840x4
10F (4 Nos.) =27400 =119.6 =114.4 =55360
11th Floor
Suite– 1 South 585 1.7 1.2 1090 2x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Side Units
Room-1 255 1.0 0.7 630 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Room-2 to 6 255x5 0.7x5 0.5x5 455x5 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
(5 Nos.) =1275 =3.5 =2.5 =2275 Unit(Total – 5 Units)
Room-7/ Deluxe 375 1.2 1.0 805 2x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Room Units
Room-8 255 0.9 0.6 570 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Room-9 to 15 255x7 0.7x7 0.5x7 440x7 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
(7 Nos.) =1785 =4.9 =3.5 =3080 Unit(Total – 7 Units)
Suite– 2 North 585 1.6 1.1 1050 2x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Side Units
Lift Lobby 340 0.9 0.7 500 1x2.0TR/800Cfm High Static
adjoining type Fan Coil Unit
Saha & Associates 24 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Peak Heat Loads Calculated Low Side Equipment

Area (TR) Dehumidified Selection
(Sft) Air Quantity
(Cfm)
Summer Monsoon
Passenger Lift
Lift Lobby 280 2.0 1.5 1230 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
adjoining Service Unit
Lift
Sub Total 5735 17.7 12.8 11230

Corridor 1055 11.9 15.9 2450 1x2500Cfm Treated Fresh

Handling unit with 6 Rows
deep cooling coil
Total –11th Floor 6790 29.6 28.7 13680

12th Floor
Suite– 1 South 585 2.2 1.5 1410 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm &
Side 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Units
Room-1 255 1.2 0.8 770 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Room-2 to 6 255x5 0.9x5 0.7x5 595x5 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
(5 Nos.) =1275 =4.5 =3.5 =2975 Unit(Total – 5 Units)
Room-7/ Deluxe 375 1.6 1.2 1015 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Room Unit
Room-8 255 1.1 0.7 715 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm Fan Coil
Unit
Room-9 to 15 255x7 0.9x7 0.6x7 580x7 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
(7 Nos.) =1785 =6.3 =4.2 =4060 Unit(Total – 7 Units)
Suite– 2 North 585 2.1 1.4 1375 1x2.5TR/1000Cfm &
Side 1x2.0TR/800Cfm Fan Coil
Units
Lift Lobby 340 1.2 0.9 680 1x2.0TR/800Cfm High Static
adjoining type Fan Coil Unit
Passenger Lift
Lift Lobby 280 2.3 1.7 1380 1x3.0TR/1200Cfm Fan Coil
adjoining Service Unit
Lift
Sub Total 5735 22.5 15.9 14380
Corridor 1055 12.8 16.5 2450 1x2500Cfm Treated Fresh
Handling unit with 6 Rows
deep cooling coil
Total – 12th Floor 6790 35.3 32.4 16830

Grand Total 102300 639.3 665.0 271245

Technical Spaces
Saha & Associates 25 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Space Floor Peak Heat Loads Calculated Low Side Equipment

Area (TR) Dehumidified Selection
(Sft) Air Quantity
(Cfm)
Summer Monsoon
Third Floor
IT Area 335 -- -- -- Shall be finalized based on
actual Equipment Load

3.0 Maximum Demand and High Side Equipment Proposed:

Maximum Demand & high side equipment selection are being furnished hereunder:

For Public Spaces-Screw Chillers

S. No. Peak Heat load in Tons of Refrigeration

Description
Summer Monsoon
a. Floor area to be air conditioned 102300 Sft

b. Calculated Heat Loads 639.3TR 665.0TR

c. Approximate Saving in Heat 33.3TR 50.0TR

Load on account of incorporation
of HRW for Public Spaces
d. Net Heat Load Requirement (-) 606TR 615.0TR

e. Diversity Factor 0.85 0.85

f. Maximum Demand 515TR 523TR

g. High Side Equipment Proposed

module of installation

i. Working 2x265TR actual capacity Water cooled Screw

Chillers with VFD

ii. Standby 1x265TR actual capacity Water cooled Screw

Chillers.

For Winter Heating 3x100KW actual capacity Air cooled Heat

Pumps.

Plant Manager shall be provided for Chillers

Management

Assumptions:

Saha & Associates 26 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The above heat load calculations and equipment selection have been considered adequate
based on the following assumptions :

b. Window frames to incorporate rubber gaskets to make them air tight.

c. All windows & Curtain glazing have been considered with double glass units having
Solar factors and “U” Value as mentioned above.

d. All Windows as well as curtain glazing shall be provided with inside Venetian blinds.

e. Over deck thermal insulation shall be provided for roof exposed to sun using minimum
50mm thick heavy density extruded polystyrene insulation material amalgamated with
water proofing arrangement.

f. Chilled Water to be made available at AHUs/FCUsat maximum 7.5deg C

temperature and 3.5Kg/Sqcm pressure to offset aforesaid refrigeration load.

g. Hot water for winter heating shall be supplied at 50 deg C.

4.0 Design Parameters

4.1 Design Parameters for selection of chillers:

Performance rating of various equipments shall be based on the following design parameters:

Temperature of water Entering 87 F (30.6 C)

condenser
Temperature of water leaving condenser 94.5 F (34.7C)

Temperature of Water Entering chiller 54 F (12.2 C)

Temperature of Water leaving chiller 44 F (6.7 C)

IKW/TR Not more than 0.66

Fouling factor of chiller 0.0005sft.hr.F/BTU

Fouling factor of condenser 0.001sft.hr.F/BTU

Type of starter Star-Delta/VFD

Type of Refrigerant R-134a

4.2 Design Parameters for selection of air handling units and its components :

Saha & Associates 27 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Maximum face velocity across filters 450 FPM

(137 MPM)
Maximum face velocity across coils 500 FPM
(152 MPM)
Maximum fan outlet velocity Floor Mounted AHUs - 2000 FPM(610 MPM)
Ceiling Suspended AHUs - 1800 FPM(549
MPM)
Maximum fan motor speed 1500 RPM

4.3 Piping shall be sized for the following design parameters:

Maximum water flow velocity 8 FPS

(2.4 MPS)
Maximum friction 5ft of WG per 100 ft. run
(5 M of WG per 100 M run.)

5.0 System Design in Brief:

5.1 High side installation shall comprise of water cooled screw chillers of actual capacity as
envisaged, Hot water generator, primary chilled water pumps, variable speed secondary
chilled water pumps, FRP Cooling Towers, Chilled water piping, valves, insulation and
associated MCC as shown in the design drawings.

5.2 Winter heating shall be affected using electrically operated Hot Water Generators using
dedicated hot water pump. Four piping system shall be provided for Reception, Business
Centre, Lobby, TFAs& ADD.

5.3 Various spaces shall be air-conditioned using double skin backward/forward curved air
handling units with & without VFDs or FCUs as per interior requirement and as mentioned
above. Pre & Fine Filtration shall be provided in AHUs catering to public spaces.

5.4 Fresh air shall be supplied through CHWbased TFA Units dedicated for each floor for Guest
Floors.Pre & Fine Filtration shall be provided in TFAs.

5.5 Fresh air shall be supplied through Heat Recovery Wheel (HRW) for Public Spaces to save
Fresh air Heat Load.

5.6 Mechanical ventilation system shall be provided for toilets using combination of Inline fans
and HRW Units.

5.7 UL-555 motorised fire dampers shall be installed at AHU Room in supply air ducts and return
air spaces as required.

5.8 Air distribution system shall comprise of GSS ductwork and extruded aluminium powder
coated grilles and diffusers. Supply air ducting shall run above false ceiling spaces. Return air
shall also travel up to air handling units from above the false ceiling spaces surrounding
supply air ductwork. Supply air ducting shall be acoustically and thermally insulated as
required.
Saha & Associates 28 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

5.9 Motorised dampers (Normally Open) shall be installed at AHU outlet and Tube Axial Fan
Inlet (Normally Closed), both interlocked with Fire Alarm System. In case of fire motorized
supply air damper in AHU outlet will get closed and exhaust air will be thrown out by tube
axial fans and make up air shall be provided as shown in drawing.

5.10 Associated electrical work shall comprise of panels, power cabling, control cabling and
necessary earthing.

B. MECHANICAL VENTILATION SYSTEM

1.0 Introduction:

Mechanical ventilation system for kitchen is being designed using air washer for supply
&dry scrubber for exhaust.

Air-conditioning System for Kitchen using TFAs with HRW and AHUs shall be as
mentioned in Section A.2 above.

Mechanical Ventilation System for other spaces and pressurization system is being designed
using combination of Tube & Vane axial flow fans, Fan Sections & Inline Fans etc.

2.0 Kitchen Ventilation System :

The parameters being considered for mechanical ventilation system design have been
furnished hereunder:

2.1 Design Data

Floor/Space Floor Area Height of ACPH

( Sft) Influence
(ft)
Normal
Second Basement
Meat Prep. 405 F/C Ht- 9 40
(Anticipated) (ANTICIPATED)
Veg. Prep. 255 F/C Ht- 9 30
(Anticipated) (ANTICIPATED)
Total 660

4th Floor
Kitchen Area having 2625 F/C Ht- 10 Air Qty (Cfm) as per Kitchen
exhaust hoods (Anticipated) Consultant Recommendations
Masala Grinding 150 F/C Ht- 10 40
(Anticipated) (ANTICIPATED)
Garde Manager 250 F/C Ht- 10 25
(Anticipated) (ANTICIPATED)
Beverage Setup 140 F/C Ht- 10 25

Saha & Associates 29 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Floor/Space Floor Area Height of ACPH

( Sft) Influence
(ft)
Normal
(Anticipated) (ANTICIPATED)
Total 4050

5th Floor
Kitchen Area having 1280 F/C Ht- 10 Air Qty (Cfm) as per Kitchen
exhaust hoods (Anticipated) Consultant Recommendations
Show Kitchen Area -- F/C Ht- 10
having exhaust hoods (Anticipated)
Room Service 165 F/C Ht- 10 40
(Anticipated) (ANTICIPATED)
Day Store 85 F/C Ht- 10 40
(Anticipated) (ANTICIPATED)
Veg Cold Food 70 F/C Ht- 10 40
(Anticipated) (ANTICIPATED)
Non-Veg Cold Food 115 F/C Ht- 10 40
(Anticipated) (ANTICIPATED)
Total 1715

2.2 Equipment Selection

Extract/fresh air quantity and proposed equipment selection associated with mechanical
ventilation system is being given hereunder:

Floor/Space Exhaust Air Supply Air Equipment Selection

Quantity Quantity
(Cfm) For Exhaust Air For Supply Air
Second Basement
Meat Prep. 2430 2430 1x2500CfmFloor Mounted HRW unit with 6
Rows deep cooling coil
Supply-2300Cfm
Exhaust – 2500Cfm
Veg. Prep. 1148 1148 1x1150CfmFloor Mounted HRW unit with 6
Rows deep cooling coil
Supply-1000Cfm
Exhaust – 1150Cfm
4th Floor
Kitchen Area 15700 13345 1x15700Cfm capacity 1x13500Cfm
having exhaust (@85% of Supply Dry type Air Scrubbers capacity Air
hoods Air) with SISW Fans. washers.
Masala Grinding 1000 1000 1x2650CfmFloor Mounted HRW unit with 6
Rows deep cooling coil of 10TR
Garde Manager 1042 1042 Supply-2650Cfm
Exhaust – 2650Cfm

Saha & Associates 30 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Floor/Space Exhaust Air Supply Air Equipment Selection

Quantity Quantity
Beverage Setup 583 583

Total 18325 15970

5th Floor
Kitchen Area 14900 12665 1x14900 Cfm & 1x7500 1x12700Cfm
having exhaust (@85% of Supply Cfm capacity Dry type capacity Air
hoods Air) Air Scrubbers with washers.
Show Kitchen 7500 6375 SISW Fans. 6375Cfm from
Area having (@85% of Supply 8100Cfm TFA
exhaust hoods Air) Unit
Room Service 1100 1100 1x2850CfmFloor Mounted HRW unit with 6
Rows deep cooling coil of 10TR
Day Store 567 567 Supply-2850Cfm
Exhaust – 2850Cfm
Veg Cold Food 467 467

Non-Veg Cold 700 700

Food

Total 25234 21874

Note:
Exhaust air quantity for General Exhaust Areas of kitchens needs to be further confirmed
by Kitchen consultants.

3.0 Mechanical Ventilation System for Facility Areas:

Design Data :

Floor/Space Floor Area Height ACPH for Supply

( Sft) (ft)
Normal
Second Basement
Washing Area 55 11.2 30

Deboxing Area 55 11.2 30

Soiled Linen Collection 130 11.2 10

Room
Coal Store 45 11.2 12

Total 215

Extract/Fresh Air Quantity & Equipment Selection

Saha & Associates 31 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Floor/Space Extract Air Fresh Air Equipment Selection

Quantity Quantity
(Cfm) (Cfm)
Normal Normal Fresh Air Exhaust Air
Equipment Equipment
Second Basement
Washing Area 308 308 1x650Cfm Inline1x650Cfm Inline Fan
Fan with Filters
Deboxing Area 308 308

Soiled Linen 242 242 1x250Cfm InlineFrom corridor

Collection Room Fan
Coal Store 101 101 1x125Cfm Inline1x125Cfm Inline Fan
Fan

4.0 Smoke Exhaust Arrangement

Description Area Average Air Exhaust Air Equipment Selection

F/C Change Requirement
Height Per Hour (CFM)
(Ft)
Exhaust Air Make Up Air
Second Basement
Hotel Service 4030 10 12 8060 1x8100 Cfm ThroughDucts
Area Axial fan with Motorised
dampers
Lower Ground Floor
Banquet Lift 1350 9 12 2430 1x2500 Cfm ThroughDucts
Lobby Axial fan with Motorised
dampers
3rd Floor
Lift Lobby 1560 9 15 3510 1x3600 Cfm ThroughDucts
&Corridor Axial fan with Motorised
dampers
Gym 5000 9 12 9000 1x9000 Cfm ThroughDucts
Axial fan with Motorised
dampers
Spa 1000 9 12 1800 1x1800 Cfm ThroughDucts
Axial fan with Motorised
dampers
4th Floor
Reception & 1325 10 12 2650 1x2650 Cfm ThroughDucts
Office Axial fan with Motorised
dampers
Pre-function 5840 10 12 11680 1x13100 Cfm ThroughDucts
Area Axial fan with Motorised
dampers
Saha & Associates 32 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Description Area Average Air Exhaust Air Equipment Selection

F/C Change Requirement
Height Per Hour (CFM)
(Ft)
Banquet Lift 685 10 12 1370 ThroughDucts
lobby with Motorised
dampers
Banquet Hall - 1660 25 12 8300 1x8300 Cfm ThroughDucts
1 Axial fan with Motorised
(Double dampers
Height)
Banquet Hall - 2400 25 12 12000 1x12000 Cfm ThroughDucts
2 Axial fan with Motorised
(Double dampers
Height)
Banquet Hall - 3140 25 12 15700 1x15700 Cfm ThroughDucts
3 Axial fan with Motorised
(Double dampers
Height)
5th Floor
Reception & 2620 10 12 5240 1x7700 Cfm ThroughDucts
Office Axial fan with Motorised
dampers
Bar 1235 10 12 2470 ThroughDucts
with Motorised
dampers
ADD & 5630 10 12 11260 1x12700 Cfm ThroughDucts
Lounge Axial fan with Motorised
dampers
Banquet Lift 685 10 12 1370 ThroughDucts
lobby with Motorised
dampers
6th to 12th Floor
Lift lobbies 1675 8’ 15 3350 1x3400 Cfm ThroughDucts
&Corridor Axial fan with Motorised
(Total – 7Fans) dampers

5.0 Staircases & Liftwells Pressurization System:

5.1 Liftwells Pressurization

Saha & Associates 33 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Liftwell Pressurization System-2nd Basement to Lower Ground, 1st Floor & 3rd
 
Floor to 12th Floor
     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
1 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Pascal) - As per NBC 50
2 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Inch of water) 0.2
     
3 Door Size (mm x mm)-Assumed 1000x2400
4 Door Area(Sq. Ft) 25.8
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft)

Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size

5 0.44
Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As
per ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
6 Total No. of Doors 14
7 No. of Doors (Closed) 13
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
8 5.75
doors x leakage area of each door
9 Leakage area through lift vent at top (Sq. Ft) 2
10 Total Leakage Area (Sq. Ft) - S. No. 8 + S. No. 9 7.75
Air Leakage through Closed Doors = 2610xAx√ΔP ( As per
11 8979
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)…………(I)
Air flow through one open door cosidering a minimum
12 egress velocity of 250 FPM (Q=door area X velocity X no. of 6455
open doors)…………(II)
     
13 Total Air Quantity Required for Pressurization - (I) + (II) 15434
     
1x15500 Cfm Tube Axial
14 Capacity of Equipment Selected
Fan
     
3x15500 Cfm Tube Axial
15 Total No. of Fans Fan
(1 for each liftwell)
     
Assumptions :
a) Pressurization requirement for liftwells has been calculated considering door open
 
at one floor only and velocity of pressurized air through open door as 250 FPM. Rest
of the doors has been assumed in closed position.

Saha & Associates 34 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Banquet Liftwell Pressurization System-2nd Basement to 1st Basement, Lower

 
Ground, 4th & 5th Floor
     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
1 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Pascal) - As per NBC 50
2 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Inch of water) 0.2
     
3 Door Size (mm x mm)-Assumed 1200x2400
4 Door Area(Sq. Ft) 31.0
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft)

Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size

5 0.53
Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As
per ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
6 Total No. of Doors 5
7 No. of Doors (Closed) 4
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
8 2.13
doors x leakage area of each door
9 Leakage area through lift vent at top (Sq. Ft) 2
10 Total Leakage Area (Sq. Ft) - S. No. 8 + S. No. 9 4.13
Air Leakage through Closed Doors = 2610xAx√ΔP ( As per
11 4778
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)…………(I)
Air flow through one open door cosidering a minimum
12 egress velocity of 250 FPM (Q=door area X velocity X no. of 7750
open doors)…………(II)
     
13 Total Air Quantity Required for Pressurization - (I) + (II) 12528
     
1x12600 Cfm Tube Axial
14 Capacity of Equipment Selected
Fan
     
2x12600 Cfm Tube Axial
15 Total No. of Fans Fan
(1 for each liftwell)
     
Assumptions :
a) Pressurization requirement for liftwells has been calculated considering door open
 
at one floor only and velocity of pressurized air through open door as 250 FPM. Rest
of the doors has been assumed in closed position.

Saha & Associates 35 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Kitchen Service Liftwell Pressurization System-2nd Basement to 1st Basement & 4th
 
Floor to 12th Floor
     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
1 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Pascal) - As per NBC 50
2 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Inch of water) 0.2
     
3 Door Size (mm x mm)-Assumed 1100x2100
4 Door Area(Sq. Ft) 24.9
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft)

Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size

5 0.43
Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As
per ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
6 Total No. of Doors 11
7 No. of Doors (Closed) 10
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
8 4.26
doors x leakage area of each door
9 Leakage area through lift vent at top (Sq. Ft) 2
10 Total Leakage Area (Sq. Ft) - S. No. 8 + S. No. 9 6.26
Air Leakage through Closed Doors = 2610xAx√ΔP ( As per
11 7251
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)…………(I)
Air flow through one open door cosidering a minimum
12 egress velocity of 250 FPM (Q=door area X velocity X no. of 6215
open doors)…………(II)
     
13 Total Air Quantity Required for Pressurization - (I) + (II) 13466
     
1x13500 Cfm Tube Axial
14 Capacity of Equipment Selected
Fan
     
2x13500 Cfm Tube Axial
15 Total No. of Fans Fan
(1 for each liftwell)
     
Assumptions :
a) Pressurization requirement for liftwells has been calculated considering door open
 
at one floor only and velocity of pressurized air through open door as 250 FPM. Rest
of the doors has been assumed in closed position.

5.2 Staircases Pressurization

Saha & Associates 36 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

STAIRCASE PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM - 2nd Basement to Lower Ground, 1st Floor &
3rd Floor to Mummty (ST-05)
     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
1 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Pascal) - As per NBC 50
2 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Inch of water) 0.2
     
3 Door Size (mm x mm)- Type I 2100x2400
4 Door Size (mm x mm)- Type II 1800x2400
5 Door Size (mm x mm)- Type III 1000x2400
6 Door Area(Sq. Ft)- Type I 54.2
7 Door Area(Sq. Ft)- Type II 46.5
8 Door Area(Sq. Ft)- Type III 25.8
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft) - Type I

Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size

9 0.93
Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As per
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
10 Total No. of Doors- Type I 3
11 No. of Doors (Closed)- Type I 1
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
12 0.93
doors x leakage area of each door- Type I
Air Leakage through Closed Doors = 2610xAx√ΔP ( As per
13 1076
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)…………(I)
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft) - Type II

Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size

14 0.80
Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As per
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
15 Total No. of Doors- Type II 11
16 No. of Doors (Closed)- Type II 11
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
17 8.77
doors x leakage area of each door- Type II
Air Leakage through Closed Doors = 2610xAx√ΔP ( As per
18 10154
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)…………(II)
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft) - Type III

Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size

19 0.44
Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As per
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
20 Total No. of Doors- Type III 1
Saha & Associates 37 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

STAIRCASE PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM - 2nd Basement to Lower Ground, 1st Floor &
3rd Floor to Mummty (ST-05)
     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
21 No. of Doors (Closed)- Type III 1
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
22 0.44
doors x leakage area of each door- Type III
Air Leakage through Closed Doors = 2610xAx√ΔP ( As per
23 512
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)…………(III)
Air flow through one open door cosidering a minimum egress
24 velocity of 250 FPM (Q=door area X velocity X no. of open 27100
doors)…………(IV)
     
Total Air Quantity Required for Pressurization - (I) + (II) +
25 38842
(III) + (IV)
     
1x38900 Cfm Tube Axial
26 Capacity of Equipment Selected
Fan

Assumptions :
a) Pressurization requirement for staircases has been calculated considering Two doors open
 
and velocity of pressurized air through open doors as 250 FPM. Rest of the doors has been
assumed in closed position.

STAIRCASE PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM - Guest Staircases 6th Floor to Mummty

     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
1 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Pascal) - As per NBC 50
2 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Inch of water) 0.2
     
3 Door Size (mm x mm) 1350x2400
4 Door Area(Sq. Ft) 34.9
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft)

Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size

5 0.60
Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As per
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
6 Total No. of Doors- 9
7 No. of Doors (Closed)- 7
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
8 4.18
doors x leakage area of each door- Type I
Saha & Associates 38 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

STAIRCASE PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM - Guest Staircases 6th Floor to Mummty

     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
Air Leakage through Closed Doors = 2610xAx√ΔP ( As per
9 4844
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)…………(I)
Air flow through one open door cosidering a minimum egress
10 velocity of 250 FPM (Q=door area X velocity X no. of open 17430
doors)…………(II)
     
11 Total Air Quantity Required for Pressurization - (I) + (II) 22274
     
1x22300 Cfm Tube Axial
12 Capacity of Equipment Selected
Fan

Assumptions :
a) Pressurization requirement for staircases has been calculated considering Two doors open
 
and velocity of pressurized air through open doors as 250 FPM. Rest of the doors has been
assumed in closed position.

5.3 Liftlobbies Pressurization

  Liftlobby Pressurization System-2nd Basement to Lower Ground & 1st Floor

     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
1 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Pascal) - As per NBC 30
2 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Inch of water) 0.12
     
3 Door Size - Door -1 (mm x mm)-Assumed 2100x2400
4 Door Area(Sq. Ft) 54.2
5 Door Size - Door -2 (mm x mm)-Assumed 1200x2100
6 Door Area(Sq. Ft) 31.0
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft) - Door -1
Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size
7 0.93
Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As per
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
8 Total No. of Doors 3
9 No. of Doors (Closed) 1
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
10 0.93
doors x leakage area of each door
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft) - Door -2
11 0.53
Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size
Saha & Associates 39 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

  Liftlobby Pressurization System-2nd Basement to Lower Ground & 1st Floor

     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS

Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As per

ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
12 Total No. of Doors 1
13 No. of Doors (Closed) 1
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
14 0.5
doors x leakage area of each door
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - Sum of all
15 1.5
Door lekages areas
Air Leakage through Closed Doors = 2610xAx√ΔP ( As per
16 1310
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)…………(II)
Air flow through one open door cosidering a minimum egress
17 velocity of 200 FPM (Q=door area X velocity X no. of open 21680
doors)…………(III)
     
Total Air Quantity Required for Pressurization - (I) + (II)
18 22990
+ (III)
     
1x23000 Cfm Tube Axial
19 Capacity of Equipment Selected
Fan
     
Assumptions :
a) Pressurization requirement for lift lobby has been calculated considering one door
 
open and velocity of pressurized air through open doors as 200 FPM. Other door has
been assumed in closed position.

  Liftlobby Pressurization System-3rd Floor

     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
1 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Pascal) - As per NBC 30
2 Pressure Difference to be maintained (Inch of water) 0.12
     
3 Door Size - Door -1 (mm x mm)-Assumed 2100x2400
4 Door Area(Sq. Ft) 54.2
Leakage Area for the above door (Sq. Ft) - Door -1
Leakage Area = 0.36/21 x Door Size
5 0.93
Leakage area for a door size 3Ftx7Ft is 0.36 Sq.Ft ( As
per ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)
6 Total No. of Doors 1

Saha & Associates 40 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

  Liftlobby Pressurization System-3rd Floor

     
S. NO. DESCRIPTION CALCULATIONS
7 No. of Doors (Closed) 0
Total Leakage Area of closed doors (Sq. Ft) - No. of closed
8 0.00
doors x leakage area of each door
Air Leakage through Closed Doors = 2610xAx√ΔP ( As per
9 0
ASHRAE Applications 2003, Section 52)…………(I)
Air flow through one open door cosidering a minimum
10 egress velocity of 200 FPM (Q=door area X velocity X no. of 10840
open doors)…………(II)
     
11 Total Air Quantity Required for Pressurization - (I) + (II) 10840
     
1x11000 Cfm Tube Axial
12 Capacity of Equipment Selected
Fan
     
Assumptions :
a) Pressurization requirement for lift lobby has been calculated considering one door
 
open and velocity of pressurized air through open doors as 200 FPM. Other door has
been assumed in closed position.

Notes :

1. Smoke evacuation fans, Pressurization fans and Motorized Dampers for Make Up air
shall be hooked up with the fire alarm system.

2. All lift wells, lift lobbies and staircases shall be pressurized in line with the
relevant NBC codes.

3. Staircase ST-06 is not being pressurized as the same have been considered as
Open type having fresh air louvers on facade.

4. All HVAC Equipments including AHUs, HRWs, TFAs and Fire & Smoke
Dampers etc. shall be hooked up with Fire Alarm System.

5. Differential Pressure Sensor shall be provided with Fans for maintaining Door
Opening Force.

5.4 System Design in Brief - Staircases, Lift wells & Lift lobbies Pressurization System:

Staircases, Liftwells & Lift lobbies shall be pressurized in line with relevant NBC codes and
the axial fan associated with the same shall be installed on terrace/mummty or other suitable
location as shown in the design drawing. The fan shall be activated by the fire alarm control
system in the event of fire.

Saha & Associates 41 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Associated electrical work shall comprise of Control Panels, power cabling, control cabling
and necessary earthing.

D. COMMON PARAMETERS

1.0 Soft Make-up Water Requirement

Soft make up water requirement for air conditioning system shall be as under :

5300 Litres per hourfor Water Cooled Chillers + 350 Litres per hourfor Air Washers

= 5550 Litres per hour

Kindly envisage the soft water requirement based on Plant operation hours and soft water tank
to be designed accordingly.

Generally the various parameters of water to be used in air-conditioning plant should be as

mentioned below which is subject to further confirmation from the chiller manufacturers :

S. No. Item Make up Cooling Water for Chilled Water

Water condenser water circulation
circuit
1. pH (25 deg C) 6.0-8.0 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5
2. Total Hardness <50 <200 <100
(mg CaCo3/l)
3. Electrical <200 <800 <500
Conductivity
(25degC
microS/cm)
4. Total Alkanity <50 <100 <100

5. Chloride ion (mg <50 <100 <100

Cl/l)
6. Sulphuric Acid <50 <200 <100
(mg Ca So4/l)
7. Iron (mg Fe/l) <0.3 <1 <1

8. Supphur ion (mg Nil Nil Nil

S/l)
9. Ammonium ion <0.2 <1 <0.5
(Mg NH4/l)
10. Silica in ion state <30 <50 <50
mg SiO2/l)
11. Free Carbonic - - 10
Acid mg HCO3/l)
12. Total Dissolved <250 <1000 <1000
Solid (TDS)

2.0 Noise Level

Saha & Associates 42 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Noise level in various conditioned spaces due to all refrigeration and air conditioning
equipment shall be maintained as per Acoustic Levels as per IHG Annexure-70.

3.0 High side responsibility

The Contractor shall shoulder the responsibility of high side installation in totality and submit
shop drawings for plant room including Water Cooled Screw Chillers, Cooling Towers,
Chilled & Condenser water pumps and MCC. The tenderers shall also submit the technical
data for various components of high side and provide necessary inputs to the Consultants and
Main vendor from time to time as required.

4.0 Equipment:

Testing and Commissioning shall include furnishing all labor, materials, instruments etc.
and incidentals necessary for complete testing of each component of Screw chiller as per the
specifications and manufacturer’s recommendations.

Maintenance services for Screw chiller installation shall be provided by the vendor during the
defects liability period.

*****************************

Saha & Associates 43 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

1. Design Drawings

The drawings prepared by the Consultants are indicative only of the general arrangement of
the entire installation. The Contractor shall follow these drawings and specifications in
preparation of his shop drawings and subsequent installation. He shall check the drawings of
other trades to verify space for his installation. The Contractor shall examine all relevant
architectural, structural, plumbing, electrical and other services layout drawings before
preparing the shop drawings for this installation, and report to the Architects/Consultants any
discrepancy and obtain clarifications. Any changes found necessary for co-ordination and
installation of this work with other services and trades shall be made with prior approval of
the Architects/Consultants and Owner without any additional cost to the Owner.

2. Site visit & Shop Drawings

The contractor shall visit the site and shall satisfy himself as to condition under which work is
to be performed. No claim for consequences of ignorance at the later date shall be entertained.
He should also check and ascertain the location of existing structure or equipment or any other
situation which may effect the work.

The contractor shall submit five sets of shop drawings for air distribution system layout,
Electrical panels & Equipment Layout drawings for approval of the Owners/Architects.
Contractor shall also submit technical submittals for all major items including Heat Pumps,
Chillers, Pumps, Cooling Towers, AHUs, VAVs. Split units, VRF system, inline fans, piping
& Valves, Ducting & GS sheet, grilles, diffusers, fire dampers, insulation material, electrical
components etc. for the approval of the Owners/Architects.

Five sets of detailed shop drawings of all equipment and materials including AHU room,
ducting, piping, ventilation system, electrical work associated with the HVAC system
required to complete the project as per specifications and as required by the Architect/
Consultant. These drawings shall contain details of construction, size, arrangement, operating
clearances, performance characteristics and capacity of all equipment, also the details of all
related items of work by other Contractors. Each item of equipment proposed shall be a
standard catalogue product of an established manufacturer as per specifications.

If the Architect/Consultants makes any amendment in the above drawings, the contractor shall
supply two fresh sets of drawings with the amendments duly incorporated, along with the
drawings on which corrections were made. After final approval has been obtained from the
Architect/Consultant, the Contractor shall submit a further six sets of shop drawings for the
exclusive use of and retention by the Architect/Consultant. No material or equipment may
be delivered or installed at the job site until the contractor has in his possession, the approved
shop drawings for the particular material or equipment.

The shop drawings shall be submitted for approval sufficiently in advance of planned delivery
and installation of any material to allow Architects/ Consultants ample time for scrutiny. No
claims for extension of time shall be entertained because of any delay in the work due to his

Saha & Associates 44 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

failure to produce shop drawings at the right time, in accordance with the approved CPM
charts.

Samples, drawings, specifications, catalogues, pamphlets and other documents submitted for
approval shall be in quadruplicate, each item in each set shall be properly labeled,
indicating the specific service for which material or equipment is to be used, giving
reference to the governing section and clause number of Specifications clearly identifying in
ink the items and the operating characteristics. Data of a general nature shall not be accepted.

Approval rendered on shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements

of building conditions. Where drawings are approved, said approval does not mean that
drawings have been checked in detail nor does it any way relieve the Contractor from his
responsibility or necessity of furnishing material or performing work as required by the
contract.

Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that specified or
detailed on the drawings which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions,
foundations, piping, wiring or any other part of the mechanical, electrical or architectural
layout, all such redesign and all new drawings and detailing required thereof, shall be
prepared by the Contractor at his own cost and approved by the Architect/Consultant.

Where the work of the Contractor has to be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere
with work of other trades, he shall assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory
adjustments. If so directed by the Architect/Consultant, the Contractor shall prepare composite
working drawings and sections at a suitable scale not less than 1:50, clearly showing how
his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades. If the Contractor installs
his work before coordinating with other trades, or so as to cause any interference with work
of other trades, he shall make all the necessary changes without extra cost to the Owner.

Within two weeks of approval of all the relevant shop drawings, the Contractor shall submit to
the Architect/Consultant four copies of comprehensive itemized price list of recommended
imported and local spare parts and tools covering all equipment and materials in this contract.
The Owner shall make arrangements to procure these spare parts and tools.

3. Material & Workmanship

All material used in work shall be of the best quality, obtainable and of approved list of
manufacturers and shall conform to latest Indian Standard specifications unless otherwise
stated.

4. Erection and Supervision

The Contractor shall depute engineers from time to time of commencement of installation
work to inspect all relevant foundation/fabrication and other necessary facilities to make
improved action if felt necessary. However, a qualified experienced engineer to be deputed
at site beginning from commencement of HVAC activities at site & till handing over of the
project.

5. Testing and Commissioning

Saha & Associates 45 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

On completion, the installation shall be tested for conformity with the stipulated performance
specifications. Any defect, shortcoming detected in the system/material/workmanship shall be
rectified by the Contractor to the entire satisfaction of the Consultants without any extra cost
to the Owner. The installation shall be tested again after the removal of the defects and shall
be commissioned only after approval by competent inspecting authority or the Consultants
and the Owner. All tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Consultants and Owner’s
representative.

Testing and commissioning shall include furnishing all labour, materials, instruments etc. and
incidentals necessary for complete testing of each component as per the specifications and
manufacturer’s recommendations.

Maintenance Services for the complete HVAC installation shall be provided during the
defects liability period of one year.

The initial tests shall include but not be limited to the following:

i. To operate & check the proper functioning of all electrically operated components like
compressor motor, pumps, blowers, fans and other electrical motors etc.

ii. To test and check the switchgears etc. and other safety & control devices ensuring
proper functioning.

iii. To check and balance the water flow in the water circuits so that flow rate through
various equipments is as per design.

iv. To check for leaks in the system & perform pressure testing.

v. To check alignment of motors, Belts and other dynamic equipments.

vi. To check all control settings to ensure smooth & proper functioning of the system.

6. Samples & Technical Submittals

Samples, make or brand of all the materials must be got approved by the Architect/
Consultants/Owner in writing before they are brought to the site. Nothing extra shall be paid
for presenting samples of any item as desired by Owner/Architect/Consultants.

Technical submittals of all the major items or as desired by the Architects/Consultants

incorporating complete technical details in line with the tender specifications & catalogue
prior to procurement of equipment/material shall be submitted for the approval.
7. Contradiction between BOQ, Specifications and Drawings :

In the event of conflicts between BOQ, Specifications and Drawings, the BOQ shall take
precedence over the specifications and drawings. Keeping the general intent of the scope of
work under said contract, the Architects/Consultants would interpret the requirements of the

Saha & Associates 46 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

design intent & contract and their decision shall be final and acceptable to all concerns
including the contractors.

8 The equipments erected, commissioned at site should be suitable for maximum temperature
of 50 degree C.

9. The electrical installation shall be carried out in accordance with Indian electricity rules,
relevant Indian standard such as IS 732, IS 3043 and the requirements stipulated by local
statutory body such as electrical inspectors for such installations. It is to be clearly understood
that the final responsibility for sufficiency, adequacy, and conformity to the performance of
the HVAC system shall be with the Contractor.

**********************

Saha & Associates 47 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

A. “SPECIFICATIONS- MAIN EQUIPMENT"

WATER COOLED SCREW CHILLERS

a. Scope

The scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
water cooled screw chillers conforming to these specifications and in accordance with the
requirement of drawings and of schedule of quantities.

b. Type

The chiller package shall be consisting of screw compressor/s, squirrel cage induction motor,
starter, water cooled condenser, chiller, refrigerant piping, wiring and automatic controls all
mounted on a steel frame, refrigerant piping and controls, full charge of refrigerant gas and
oil, vibration isolation pads and other accessories factory assembled and tested. As an option,
chiller shall be equipped with multiple compressors and economizer, to optimize the operating
conditions, and enhance the COP of the system.

c. Capacity

The refrigeration capacity of chiller shall be as shown in the “Schedule of Quantities”.

d. Screw Compressor

The compressor/s shall be field serviceable helical rotary, twin rotor semi hermetic type using
Ozone compatible R-134a refrigerant. The compressor casing shall be horizontal / vertically
split so that servicing can be carried out without disturbing the connections and shall be fully
field serviceable. Each compressor shall be complete with internal muffler, check valve and
discharge shut off-valve.

e. Bearings

The compressor shall incorporate the necessary design features which eliminate both the
axial and radial thrusts. The bearing shall be pressure lubricated during operation and shall be
completely sequenced and interlocked with the start-up of the machine in such a way that the
oil pump should automatically start after some time, provided the oil temperature and
pressure is maintained during the start-up period.

f. Lubrication System

The lubrication system should form one integral part of the compressor assembly and shall
enforce complete force feed lubrication ( at a pressure and controlled temperature) to all
bearing surfaces under any speed conditions at start-up, at shut down and during operation
at various loads. The lubricating oil system shall include pre-filter and internal filters
capable of filtration to 3 microns. The lubricating oil shall be filtered by an externally
Saha & Associates 48 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

mounted 10 micron (maximum) replaceable cartridge oil filter equipped with service valves.
An automatic oil return system shall return any oil that has migrated to the refrigerant. Full
lubrication must be available to the machine during acceleration and deceleration periods
through an oil pump. Further it should include the following:

i. High efficiency oil filters.

ii. Low oil pressure cut-out.
iii. Oil coolers and oil heaters.
iv. Oil level indicator.
v. Oil pressure control with pressure gauges and thermometer.
vi. Lubrication failure safety controls.
vii. Factory installed and tested oil piping.
viii. Oil Separator
viii. Any other accessory required.

The compressor shaft seal must effectively prevent the leakage of refrigerant along with the
shaft during shut down periods. During operation an oil film under pressure should prevent
outward leakage of refrigerant. The seal shall be oil flooded at all times and shall be
pressure lubricated during compressor operation.

g. Capacity Controls

The compressor shall be equipped with an automatic hydraulically activated stepless slide
valve/ pilot-operated solenoid valve regulating its capacity from 100% to 20%. The
positioning of the valve shall be done by means of thermostatically, actuated electronic
temperature controller differential type. The valve will maintain constant temperature of
chilled water.

h. Compressor Control Panel

The chiller package shall be provided with a factory installed and wired micro processor
control center. The control panel shall be provided with necessary TPN isolator for
termination of incoming power cable (power cable shall be provided by other agencies).

All controls shall be mounted in an attractively styled panel, the control system shall
automatically control the operation of the unit from the time the unit is started, through the
operating period, until the unit is stopped. The internal components shall be arranged for
easy access.

The control center should include safety devices to protect the unit from mal functions. These
controls should shut down the unit and signal the operator with their respective red neon
lights. The protective controls are :

a. High condenser pressure cutouts

b. Low oil pressure cutout
c. High oil temperature cutout
d. High discharge temperature cutout
e. Solid state motor over current cutout
f. Solid state low evaporator temperature control.
Saha & Associates 49 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The operating controls and circuit shall have neon lights that signal the operator, of certain
unit operating conditions. These controls are as follows :

a. Compressor "start-stop" switch with “system runs" light.

b. Anti recycle timer which provided 30 seconds time delay between starts and its signal
light.
c. A low chilled water temperature cutout with an automatic reset.
d. Other controls as required.
e. The chiller shall be BMS compatible. The control panel shall incorporate hardware
cards/ control units for complete integration of chillers to building automation system.
Chiller will incorporate Bacnet/Mod-bus interface card and Plant Manager.

Control Console :

The water chilling machine shall be complete with microprocessor based interactive control
console mounted directly on the unit and pre- wired with all operating & safety controls.

The control panel shall have all features as mentioned above but not restricted to
control/console the following :

 Display of main information such as pressure, temperatures, running current, ser

points etc.
 Automatic operation of heating and cooling control
 Set point adjustment
 Set point drift based on outdoor temperature ( in cooling or heating mode)
 Switch able double set point
 High pressure safety
 Operating time balancing
 Water flow fault, frost fault, low pressure, high pressure fault-display.
 Inclusion of pump start up within the unit stat up cycle.

i. Electric Motor

Electric motor shall be suitable for 415+ 10% volts, 3 phase, 50 cycles AC supply. Motor
shall be screen protected drip proof squirrel cage induction motor, designed and guaranteed
for continuous operation at name plate rating for open type and motors to be suitable for the
refrigerant in case of semi-hermetic type. Temperature sensor shall be provided in motor
winding to protect the motor for high temperature rise.
The motor shall be provided with a combination of ball and roller bearings. The roller
bearings shall be fitted at the driving end while the ball bearing shall be fitted at the free end
and shall have ample capacity to deal with any axial thrust. Limit type lubricators shall be
provided to enable the bearings to be correctly greased. Motor cooling shall be provided by
direct liquid injection and protected by internal overload thermostat.

The tender should also indicate IKW/TR for part load conditions of 25%, 50%, 75%, and
90% besides for 100% under operating conditions. The drive losses should be included in the
IKW/TR figures indicated by the bidders for open type compressor.

Saha & Associates 50 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

j. Motor Starter

The motor starter shall be star delta type, sheet steel clad, fully automatic, suitable for
operation on 415 volts, 3 phase, 50Hz. The panel shall be complete with starter suitably rated
triple pole contactors, triple pole CT operated magnetic overload relay, timer and ammeter
with CT and indication lamps. Provision shall also be made in the starters for inter locking
arrangements.

k. Drive

In case of open type, suitable type shall be included which must be fully described in the
offer.

l. Evaporator ( Chiller)

Evaporator shall be shell and tube and multi-pass type as specified in the Schedule of
Equipment. Tubes shall be of 19mm O.D or 10mm O.D. with tube thickness of 20 G copper
prime surface or with integral fins and rolled into tube supporting sheets and tube sheets. In
either cases, tubes shall be removable without affecting the strength and durability of the
support and tube sheets or causing any leakage in the adjacent tube. Tubes shall be adequately
supported at a distance not exceeding one meter to prevent vibration. Chillers shall be
manufactured to ASME Codes for unfired pressure vessels and designed for refrigerant side
working pressure of 16 Kg/Sq.cm. However, chillers shall be Hydraulically tested for pressure
of 30 Kg/Sq.cm on refrigerant side and 21 Kg/Sq.cm on water side. Chillers shall either be
flooded type or DX type.

Chillers shall be complete with the following accessories:

a. Thermostatic expansion valves, pilot solenoid valves and filter drier.

b. Necessary drain valves and vent.

c. Anti freeze thermostat.

d. Any other standard accessories, necessary for the equipment supplied.

m. Condenser

Condenser shall be shell and tube, cleanable type, fitted with integral finned copper tubes of
19mm O.D. with tube thickness of 18 G rolled in tube sheets and adequately supported at a
distance not exceeding one meter to prevent vibration. These shall be designed for the duty
specified in the Schedule of Equipment. Condenser shall be manufactured to ASME codes for
unfired pressure vessels and designed for refrigerant side working pressure of 21 Kg/Sqcm
and water side working pressure of 12 Kg/Sqcm. However, condenser shall be hydraulically
tested for pressure of 30 Kg/Sqcm on refrigerant side and 21 Kg/Sqcm on water side.

Condensers shall be complete with the following accessories :

Hot gas inlet connection, liquid outlet connection, relief valve, purge valve.
Saha & Associates 51 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

b. Water inlet and outlet connections with valves complete with descaling connections.

c. Any other standard accessories, necessary for the equipment supplied.

Accessories

Following accessories and safety and control devices should be included with offered chillers

 Dryer filter

 Hygroscopic sight glasses :

 Thermostatic expansion valve

 Solenoid Valves

 Compressor delivery stops valves.

 Compressor capacity control

 Evaporator freeze up protection system

 High pressure, low pressure cut out

 Low Oil pressure cut out.

 Discharge temperature measurement system.

 Winding overheating protection system.

 Checking of starting number and start timing.

 Free auxiliary contacts for field wiring signals report.

n. Miscellaneous

Water chilling unit shall include :

i. Rubber vibration isolator pads of spring of 90% efficiency in preventing transmission

of vibrations.

ii. Full charge of refrigerant gas as required obtaining and maintaining the design
conditions and the required quantity of suitable grade lubrication oil.

iii. Each unit shall include, but not be limited to, all the items listed in the schedule of
quantities.

o. Installation

Saha & Associates 52 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Chiller housing comprising of compressor, chiller and condenser shall be mounted on a

common RCC of floating foundation constructed out of steel structure which will be
prepared by the Owner. The Contractor shall supply foundation bolts, nuts, washers, leveling
screws, mounting frame or base plate, vibration isolation pads etc. and it shall be his
responsibility to see that all the above items are properly and accurately placed in position
while the foundation is cast. The contractor shall supply the required quantity of refrigerant,
lubricant and other consumables for testing and commissioning the equipment.

After erection, the unit shall be properly leveled before grouting the foundation bolts and the
levels should be shown to the Consultants. All the equipment shall be thoroughly tested and
checked for leaks. The refrigeration system shall be vacuumized to 7.6mm Hg absolute and
maintained for four hours. At the end of this period the pumps shall be stopped and vacuum
maintained for twenty four hours without exceeding a vacuum drop of 2.5mm Hg absolute.
The Contractor shall certify that the vacuum was maintained as specified above.

All safety controls, low and high refrigerant pressure controls, starter, overload trips shall be
suitably set and record of all the setting shall be furnished to the Consultants.

p. Testing

Equipment capacity in tons of refrigeration shall be computed from the temperature readings
and water flow measurements. Flow measurements shall be preferably through flow meters.
Computed results should tally with the specified capacities and the power consumption
should tally with the figures furnished with the tender.

All instruments, services needed for the tests required for computation of capacity and power
consumption shall be furnished by the contractor them selves.

Operational analysis

Control panel shall receive, diagnose and correct/control following parameters

Temperature Control

Shall check the water temperature and compare it with set values so as to calculate the
number of output stages to run or trip.

Frost Limit

Shall check the evaporator water leaving temperature against frosting limit and shall switch
off the unit if temperature reaches to the limit and shall also simultaneously start the heater to
restart the compressors.

Anti Short Cycle

Shall Control the number of starts of a compressor in an hour

Water flow fault

Saha & Associates 53 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The control panel shall stop the machine in case the water flow is disrupted due to any reason.
The unit shall be capable of restarting automatically if flow is resumed.

Low Pressure Safety

Each refrigerant circuit shall have independent low pressure safety. It shall stop the unit if
suction pressure is lower than set valve and shall reset automatically.

High Pressure Safety

Control Panel shall shut off the individual circuit if high pressure exceeds the set points. It
shall start only after manual resetting.

Oil Pressure Safety

The control panel shall check the oil pressure of semi-hermatic compressor and shall switch
off the compressor in case the oil pressure falls below required level. It shall start the unit only
on manual resetting. Each compressor shall have independent oil pressure safety control.

Motor Protection

The control panel shall protect compressor against overload by a thermal relay contact. After
the fault clearing the start shall be by reset button. Each compressor shall have independent
overload protection.

Starting Priority And Stage Operation

The control panel shall provide choice for starting any individual compressor and its capacity
staging with respect to other compressor. If any unit is operating near to frosting limit it shall
trip the stage when temperature is at 20 C above freezing set point and shall restart the stage
when temperature is 3.50 C above the set point.

Water Pump Control

The pump shall start 10 seconds before the start up of compressor and shall stop with shut
down o last control stage or fault.

Differential Temperature Control

The control panel shall provide setting of differential temperature for stage operation and cut
off limits.

Saha & Associates 54 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

2. PUMPS :

Scope

The scope shall be supply, installation, testing and commissioning of pumpsets conforming
to these specifications and meeting all design parameters as mentioned in the “ Bill of
Quantities”.

Pumps for condenser water re-circulation shall be monobloc/end suction back pull out type
as mentioned in the schedule of quantities complete with motor and all accessories.

Capacity

Water flow rates & head of the pumps shall be in accordance with the “Bill of Quantities”
and as reflected on the drawings.

Construction

Pumps shall comply in line with IS 1520-1660, IS 9079, IS 325. The material of construction
of various components of Monobloc/End Suction Back Pull Out type pumpsets shall be as
mentioned here under :

a. Pump shall be monobloc end –suction design directly connected to motor or end suction
back pull out type design connected to motor through flexible coupling. The pump casing
shall be of cast iron Gr FG 260 IS 210. Impeller shall be Bronze IS 318 LTB2 ,
hydraulically balanced and keyed to shaft. Shaft shall be constructed out of high tensile
steel/C-45.Bearings shall be heavy duty ball/roller type. Stuffing boxes shall be integral
with casing and water sealed. Shaft protection sleeve shall be bronze extending through
stuffing boxes. Material of construction for other associated components shall be as given
hereunder :

Base Plate : Fabricated MS.

Flanges : Conforming to IS 1536/1960/ANSI B-16.1 Class 125.
Bearing Bracket : Cast Iron
Wearing Ring : Bronze
Packing : Graphite Asbestos/ As mentioned in BOQ.

b. Motor shall be of a size suitable for the pump drip and splash proof, designed as integral
part of the pump. Motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled squirrel cage induction type
and suitable for 415 +10% volts, 3 phase, 50 cycles AC power supply.

Driver ratings shown in the schedule of quantities are tentative and tenderers shall select
their drivers at least 15% in excess of the maximum BHP of the pump plus transmission
losses if any.

c. Pump and driver shall be mounted on a single heavy design bed-plate and directly
driven through flexible coupling in case of horizontal end suction back pull type pumps.

Saha & Associates 55 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

d. Accessories and Fittings

The following accessories shall be provided with each pump among other standard
accessories required :

i. Coupling guard for end suction back pull type pumps.

ii Lubrication fittings and seal piping if required.
iii. Test and /or air vent cocks as per manufacturer’s standard.
iv MS base frame of heavy channels duly painted with black enamel paint.
v. Pumps shall have auxiliary connections for the above fittings. Spacer type
coupling shall be of approved make.

Following fittings shall be provided with each pump among other standard fittings
required :

i. 25mm GI gland drain piping whether shown on drawings or not.

Installation

Pump shall be installed as per manufacturer's recommendations. Pump-sets shall be

mounted on machinery isolation cork or any other equivalent vibration isolation fitting.
Concrete floating foundation shall be provided by the Owner as per approved shop drawings
and specifications. The isolation pads, foundation bolts etc. shall be supplied by the
Contractor. Contractor shall however, ensure that the foundation bolts are correctly
embedded.

Pump Alignment

Pump-sets shall preferably be factory aligned, wherever necessary, site alignment shall be done
by competent persons. Before the foundation bolts are grouted and the couplings are bolted, the
bed plate levels and alignment results shall be submitted to the Consultants.

Lubrication :

Upon installation of the complete system and before testing, the pump shall be lubricated in
strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Painting :

All pumps, motors and bases shall be supplied with approved finish. Shop coat of paint that
have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned with mineral spirits, wire
brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with enamel paint to match the
adjoining areas.

Performance Data :

Pump performance curves and power consumption with operating points clearly indicated shall
be submitted and verified at the time of testing and commissioning of the installation.
Saha & Associates 56 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Testing :

Tenderers shall submit the performance curves of the pumps supplied by them. They shall
also check the capacity and total head requirements of each pump to match his own piping
and equipment layout.

On completion of the entire installation, pumps shall be tested, wherever possible, for their
discharge, head, flow rate, BHP. Where it is not possible at least the discharge, head and
BHP (as measured on the input side) shall be field tested. Test results shall correspond to the
performance curves.

3. VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING SYSTEM

Scope

The scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
variable speed pumping package consisting of following:

a. Variable Speed Pumping System.

b. The control system shall be inclusive of the programmable logic pump controller,
adjustable frequency drives and remote sensors/transmitters. Additional items to be
provided or as required to properly execute the sequence of operation shall be
included.

c. Line voltage power wiring shall be installed by the electrical contractor as shown on
the field connection drawings and wiring diagrams supplied with the pumping
package.

References

a. ANSI - American National Standards Institute

b. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association

c. UL - Underwriter’s Laboratories Inc.

d. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories

e. CSA - Canadian Standards Association

f. NEC - National Electrical Code

g. ISO - International Standards Organization

h. IEC - International Electrochemical Commission

SUBMITTALS
Saha & Associates 57 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Submittals shall include the following and shall be specific to this project. General
submittals shall not be accepted.

a. System summary sheet.

b. Sequence of operation.

c. Shop drawing indicating dimensions, required clearances and location and size of
each field connection.

d. Power and control wiring diagrams.

e. System profile analysis including variable speed pump curves and system curve. The
analysis shall also include pump, motor and Adjustable Frequency Drive (AFD)
efficiencies, job specific load profile, staging points, horse power and kilowatt/hour
consumption.

f. Pump data sheets.

Quality Assurance

a. The pumping system shall be assembled by the pump supplier. An assembler of

pumping systems not actively engaged in the design and construction of centrifugal
pumps shall not be considered a pump supplier. The supplier shall assume “Unit
Responsibility” for the complete pumping system. Unit responsibility shall be defined
as responsibility for interface and successful operation of all system components
supplied by the pumping system supplier.

b. The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years of experience in the design and
construction of variable speed pumping systems.

c. All functions of the variable speed pump control system shall be tested at the site
prior to commissioning. This test shall be conducted with motors connected to AFD
output and it shall test all inputs, outputs and program execution specific to this
application.

d. Manufacturer shall be fully certified by the International Standards Organization per

ISO 9001. Proof of this certification shall be furnished at time of submittal.

e. Tenderer shall comply with all sections of this specification relating to packaged
pumping systems. Any deviations from this specifications shall be clearly defined in
writing at the time of bid. If no exceptions are taken at the time of bid, the supplier
shall be bound by these specifications.

Pump Logic Controller

a. The pump logic controller assembly shall be listed by and bear the label of
Underwriter’s Laboratory Inc. (UL). The controller shall meet Part 15 of FCC

Saha & Associates 58 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

regulations pertaining to class A computing devices. The controller shall specifically

designed for variable speed pumping applications.

b. The controller shall function to a proven program that safeguards against hydraulic
conditions including :

i. Motor overload
ii. NPSHR above NPSHA
iii. Pump flow surges
iv. Hunting
v. End of curve

c. The pump logic controller shall be capable of receiving up to eight remote process
variable signals. It shall then select the analog signal that has deviated the greatest
amount from its set point. This selected signal shall be used as the command feedback
input for a hydraulic stabilization function to minimize hunting. Each input signal
shall be capable of maintaining a different set point value. Controller shall be capable
of controlling up to two pumps in parallel.

d. The pump logic controller shall have provision for accepting an additional analog
input for a flow sensor. This input shall serve as the criteria for the end of curve
protection algorithm.

e. The hydraulic stabilization program shall utilize a proportional-Integral-derivative

control function. The proportional, integral and derivative values shall be user
adjustable over an infinite range.

The pump logic controller shall be self prompting. All message shall be displayed in
plain English. The operator interface shall have the following features :

i. Multi-fault memory and recall.

ii. On-screen help functions.
iii. LED pilot lights and switches.
iv. Soft-touch membrane keypad switches.

f. The variable speed pumping system shall be provided with a user friendly operator
interface complete with membrane switches and numeric keypad. Display shall be no
less than four lines with each line capable of displaying up to twenty characters. The
human interface panel shall display the following values:

i. Flow in GPM (requires optional flow meter)

ii. Pump On/Off Status
iii. Pump % Speed
iv. Individual Alarm Conditions
v. Troubleshooting Diagnostics
vi. User-adjustable parameters such as alternation, PID, set points, etc.
vii Differential pressure in PSIG.
viii Pressure in PSIG.
ix Temperature in degrees F or C.
Saha & Associates 59 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

x Differential temperature in degree F or C.

h. A data-logging feature shall be provided as a function of the pump logic controller.

The Alarm log shall include the last 20 alarms with date/time stamp. The Pump
data log shall display individual pump run timers and pump cycle counters. A Signal
log shall be provided to display the maximum and minimum values with date/time
stamps for each process variable and flow, when optional flow meter is
provided. The Signal log shall also be capable of displaying the cumulative
value of kilowatt-hours for each pump and of system minimum and maximum flow
along with individual counter reset capability.

i. The Logic controller shall incorporate a Flash Memory for saving and reloading
customized settings. The field determined values shall be permanently retained in
Flash memory for automatic reloading of the site specific setup values in the event of
data corruption due to external disturbances. The Controller shall also employ a
sensor setup copy feature.

j. The pump controller shall be capable of communicating with the Building

Automation System (BAS) by both hard-wired and serial communications.

1. The following communication features shall be provided to the BAS in

“hardwired”form via 4-20ma analog signals and digital outputs:

i. Remote system start/stop (dry contact supplied by BAS)

ii. Failure of any system component (qty. 1, relay output from pump controller)
iii Process variable (qty. 1 4-20ma analog output supplied by pump controller)
iv AFD speed (qty. 1, 0-10VDC analog output supplied by pump controller)
v Optional: Pump on/off status (qty. 3 relay output supplied by pump
controller)

2. The following communication features shall be provided to the Building

Automation System via an RS-485 port (optional hardware required) or
BACnet Class II MSTP protocol:

i. All sensor process variables

ii Individual zone set points
iii Individual pump failure
iv. Individual pump on/off status
v. Individual AFD on/off status
vi AFD speed
vii Individual AFD Failure
viii AFD bypass status (if automatic)
ix Individual sensor failure

k. The pump logic controller shall be capable of staging and destaging pumps based on
an Efficiency Optimization Program to provide the lowest kW draw. This
optimization program requires an optional flow meter, kW meter, and system
differential pressure sensor for activation.

Saha & Associates 60 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The pump logic controller Enclosure shall be NEMA 1.

Adjustable Frequency Drive

a. The adjustable frequency drives shall be Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) type,
microprocessor controlled design.

b. The adjustable Frequency Drive (AFD), including all factory installed options, shall
have UL & CSA approval.

c. Enclosure shall be NEMA 1 ventilated for installation as a wall mounted or free

standing depending on ampere rating. Drive shall be equipped with an input
disconnect switch and fuses for ground fault protection. A hand-off-automatic switch
and speed potentiometer shall be mounted on the front of the enclosure.

d. Adjustable Frequency Drive (AFD) shall utilize a diode bridge rectifier to convert
three phase AC to a fixed DC voltage. Power factor shall remain above 0.95
regardless of speed or load. AFDs employing power factor correction capacitors shall
not be acceptable.

e. IGBT’s shall be used in the inverter section to convert the fixed DC voltage to a three
phase, adjustable frequency, AC output. A DC line reactor shall be provided to
minimize harmonic and current distortion of the input power line. AFDs not utilizing
insulated gate bipolar transistors shall not be acceptable.

f. The following customer modifiable adjustments shall be provided :

i. Accel time (2 to 600 seconds)
ii. Decel time (2 to 600 seconds)
iii. Minimum frequency
iv. Maximum frequency
v. V/I Ratio
vi. Carrier frequency

g. Speed reference signal shall be customer selectable for :

i. 4-20 mA
ii. 0-5 VDC
iii. 0-10 VDC

h. The AFD shall be suitable for elevations upto 33000 feet above sea level without
derating. Operating ambient temperature shall be in the range of 10 0 C to 450 C. AFD
shall be suitable for operation in environments up to 95% non-condensing humidity.

i. The AFD shall be capable of displaying the following information on the door
mounted operator interface :
i. Percent speed
ii. Percent load
iii. Fault identification

Saha & Associates 61 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Sensor/Transmitters

a. Differential pressure sensor transmitters shall be field mounted and shall transmit an
isolated 4-20 mA DC signal indicative of process variable to the pump logic
controller via standard two wire 24 DC system. Unit shall have stainless steel wetted
parts with two 0.25” male NPT process connections. It shall be protected against
radio frequency interference and shall have watertight, NEMA 4 electrical enclosure
capable of withstanding 2000 PSI static pressure with a 0.5” NPT conduit connection.
Accuracy shall be within 0.25% of full span.

Secondary Pumps

a. Scope

The scope of this section comprises of the supply, erection and commissioning of
water pumps conforming to these specifications and in accordance with requirements
of Schedule of Quantities.

b. Type

The type and size of secondary chilled/hot water pumps for air conditioning
application shall be in accordance with requirement of Drawings and Schedule of
Quantities.

c. Capacity

Water flow rates and head of the pumps shall be in accordance with the requirements
of Schedule of Quantities.

d. End Suction/Split Casing Pumps

i. Pump casing shall be close-grained cast iron of heavy section, vertically split,
making possible complete servicing of rotating parts without breaking piping
or motor connections. Motor to pump connection shall be of the flexible
coupling type. Suction passages shall be volute in form, promoting smooth
entry to impeller and increased efficiency. Impeller shall be bronze or gun
metal, enclosed type, hydraulically balanced and passages smooth-finished for
minimum friction and maximum efficiency. Impeller rings shall be steel
protected by gunmetal sleeves. Shaft shall be supported in ball/journal
bearings, grease lubricated, contained in easily removable housing. Pumps
shall be fitted with an air valve, two grease lubricators, drain plug and water
seal connections.

ii. Motor shall be totally enclosed, fan-cooled, class-F insulation and suitable for
operation on AFD. Motor shall be specially designed for quiet operation and its
speed shall not exceed 1440 rpm. The motor rating shall be such as to ensure
no overloading of the motor through out its capacity range. Motor shall be
suitable for 415+10% volts, 3 phase, 50 cycles, AC power supply.

Saha & Associates 62 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

iii. Base shall be of a size suitable for the pump, motor and shaft and shall be
constructed of cast iron or welded steel. Flexible coupling shall be protected by
a guard mounted on the common base.

iv. The pumps shall be installed on concrete foundation as shown in Approved-

for-Construction shop drawings.

v. Each pump shall be provided with certified performance curves showing power
absorbed and corresponding flow rates by varying the speed. The tests shall be
done at factory and may be witnessed by Consultant or Owner’s site
representative.

e. Pump Alignment

Split casing pumps, prior to testing shall be aligned with a dial indicator within 0.05
mm. Monobloc pumps shall be factory aligned with motor on common base, and need
not be realigned at site.

f. Testing

Pump performance at site shall be computed from the pump curves provided by
manufacturer.

Painting

All variable pumping system, pumps, motors and bases shall be supplied with approved
finish. Shop coat of paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be
cleaned off with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then
coated with enamel paint to match the adjoining areas.

a. Sequence of operation

The system shall consist of a pump logic controller, two duty pump/AFD set, one standby
pump/AFD set, with duty-standby pump selection, automatic alteration and automatic
transfer to standby pump.

b. The pumping system shall start upon the closure of customer’s contact when the pump
logic controller Mode of Operation selector switch is in the REMOTE position.

c. When the pump logic controller selector switch is in the LOCAL position, the pumping
system shall operate automatically.

d. Sensor/transmitters shall send a 4-20Ma signal to the pump logic controller, indicative of
process variable condition.

e. The technologic pump logic controller shall compare each signal to the independent,
engineer/user determined set points.

Saha & Associates 63 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

f. When all set points are satisfied by the process variable, the pump speed shall remain
constant at the optimum energy consumption level.

g. The technologic pump logic controller shall continuously scan and compare each process
variable to its individual set point and control to the least satisfied zone.

h. As the worst case zone deviates from set point, the pump logic controller shall send the
appropriate analog signal to the AFD to speed up or slow down the pump/motor.

i. The redundant variable speed system shall be started through the pump logic controller.

j. In the event of a system differential pressure failure, due to a pump, AFD overload fault,
the pump logic controller shall automatically initiate a timed sequence of operation to
start the redundant pump/AFD set in the variable speed mode.

k. In the event of failure of a zone sensor/transmitter, its process variable signal shall be
removed from the scan/ compare program. Alternative zone sensor/ transmitters, if
available, shall remain in the scan/compare program for control.

l. The zone number corresponding to the failed sensor/transmitter shall be displayed on the
operator interface of the pump logic controller.

m. In the event of the failure to receive all zone process variable signals, the AFD shall
maintain 100% speed, reset shall be automatic upon correction of the zone failure.

n. PUMP or AFD fault shall be continuously scrolled through the display on the operator
interface of pump logic controller until the fault has been corrected and the controller has
been manually reset.

4. ELECTRIC HOT WATER GENERATOR

Scope

The scope shall be supply, installation, testing and commissioning of shell type hot water
generator as per IS standards and conforming to these specifications, meeting all design
parameters as mentioned in the “ Bill of Quantities”. Hot Water Generator shall be a
standard product, however all these specifications shall fully comply.

Type & Capacity

The Hot Water Generator shall be Horizontal/Vertical shell type, designed, constructed and
factory tested for the rated efficiency comprising specified water flow rates and temperature.
The capacity of hot water generator shall be as mentioned in the “Bill of Quantities” and as
reflected on the drawings.

Material of Construction & Design

The shell of the hot water generator shall be made out of 8mm thick MS sheet and dish end
made out of 10mm MS sheet with electric fusion welded seams with stainless steel SS 304
Saha & Associates 64 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

lining.

The insulated shell shall be mounted inside a cabinet of angle iron frame with 16 SWG MS
steel covers held with fibre glass locks/bolts and hinges. The cabinet shall be provided with
sufficient louvers and rat proofing to ensure ventilation of heater terminals of boilers. The
angle iron frame shall be provided with lifting lugs and pedestals.

Heaters

Electric heaters shall be provided in banks of equal capacity distributed on three phases.
Heaters shall be mounted within seamless copper/electrically resistant U-tubes, flange
mounted with S.S. studs. The heaters shall be easily removable externally, without opening
terminal plate or disturbing other components. Heatres shall be suitable for 415 + 10% volts,
50 Hz, 3 phase AC power supply and shall be in direct contact with water contained in shell.

Connections and Accessories

Following accessories shall be provided with the Hot Water Generator:

a) 100mm dia type mercury thermometer in inlet and outlet pipe.

b) 100mm dia pressure gauge with ball valve in inlet and outlet.
c) Flow switch, float switch, automatic alarm for low water level and high temperature with
respective indication lights.
d) Pressure relief valve.
e) Inlet and outlet pipes with flanges.
f) Drain point.
g) De- scaling point.
h) Automatic air went.
i) Step controller/thermostat for individual heater bank.
j) Safety thermostat of fixed setting.

Pressure Testing

The Hot Water Generator shall be tested in the factory at 21kg/ Sq cm or 250psi

Insulation

The Hot Water Generator shall be insulated with 100 mm thick glass wool having density not
less than 24kg/m3 and cladded with 0.8mm aluminum sheet on M.S. frame welded to
generator body.

In Built Electric Control Panel

The electric control cabinet shall conform the electrical specifications and mounted directly
on mainframe. All controls and terminals shall be factory wired and tested. The control
cabinet shall consist of following major controls of rated capacities:

a) Incoming MCCB with copper bus bar.

b) On-off toggle switch for individual bank.
Saha & Associates 65 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

c) Starter with HRC fusers for individual banks.

d) Indicating lights for ‘ON’ status for individual bank.
e) Fault indicating lights.
f) Alarm with manual reset.
g) Cabling and controls wiring (copper conductor).
h) Digital type 3 phase ammeter and voltmeter with CT & selector switch.

The panel shall be openable only after switching off the incoming power supply.

Painting

The external surface of the shell shall be cleaned, de rusted and applied with two coats of
primer. The hot water generator shall be finally provided with enameled staving paint.

5. COOLING TOWER

Scope

The scope shall be supply, installation, testing and commissioning of forced \induced draft
type cooling towers conforming to these specifications and meeting all design parameters
as mentioned in the “ Bill of Quantities”.

Cooling Towers shall be forced/induced draft type as mentioned in the schedule of quantities.
Cooling towers shall be vertical in shape, counter/cross flow type and suitable for outdoor
installation. Cooling Towers shall be in fibre glass reinforcement plastic construction,
complete with fan, motor, surface and spray section, eliminators, bird screen and steel
supports.

Capacity

The capacity of cooling towers shall be as mentioned in the “Bill of Quantities” and as
reflected on the drawings.

Construction

The material of construction of various components shall be as mentioned here under :

Basin ( Sump)

Sump shall be constructed out of fibreglass reinforced plastic material in single molded
construction to make the sump leak proof. The tower shall be carefully designed to avoid
probability of water spillage. Sump shall be of sufficient depth and strength suitable to bear
loading of tower super structure. The sump shall be complete with bottom outlet, overflow,
quick fill and drain connections of adequate sizes, ball type automatic make-up water valve
etc. Basin shall be mounted on a channel base of appropriate cross section duly black enamel
painted complete with provisions for fixing panels.

Casing

Casing of cooling towers shall be made out of FRP panels having smooth surface to
Saha & Associates 66 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

minimize air friction. Casing panels should have sufficient structural strength and strong
enough to withstand high wind pressure and vibrations. Casing panels shall be installed
within the basin itself. The tower supporting structure shall be made out of hot dip
galvanized tubular frame. Casing shall be complete with overflow, quick fill and drain
connections of adequate sizes, ball type automatic make-up water valve, screened suction
assembly fixed to the casing, overflow fixed to inside of casing side sheet etc.

Fills :

Ultraviolet protected polyvenylchloride (uPVC), corrosion proof; rigid film material shall be
used for the construction of fills to be used for cooling towers. Fills shall be in modular packs
and arranged in square or rectangular form. The fills shall be arranged in such a manner as to
ensure negligible resistance to air flow and to eliminate back water spots and prevent fouling
through scales that may form. In order to reduce water carry-over losses through entrainment
of moisture drops in air stream, high efficiency PVC tubular drift eliminator shall also be
provided.

Distribution system

Warm water distribution system shall comprise of header and branch arms system or open pan
gravity flow system.

Cooling tower shall comprise of a rotating type of water sprinkler in stainless steel
construction to achieve uniform water distribution over the honeycomb fill. A sealed type
ball bearing shall be used to perform this duty. All nuts and bolts used for the Cooling
Towers shall be cadmium coated type.

Inlet louvers for air intake shall be made out of aluminium expanded metal of sufficient
strength.

Mechanical Equipment :

Fan shall be of axial flow type, light-weight rotor fitted with multiple aerofoil blades. The
entire fan assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fan shall be direct driven
motor suitable for operation on 415+10% volts, 3 phase, 50 cycles AC supply of approved
make, totally enclosed, fan-cooled, weather proof construction, designed and selected to
operate in humid air stream. Fan shall be protected by fan guard and shall be easily accessible
for inspection and maintenance. A service ladder shall also be provided for greater
convenience. The mechanical equipment assembly shall be adequately supported on a rugged
steel base welded to tubular support assuring vibration free operation. Fan guard shall be
provided to prevent birds from nesting during idling periods. All nuts and bolts used for the
Cooling Towers shall be cadmium coated type.

Fan for induced type towers , shall be of light weight, low speed and high efficiency axial
flow fan. The blades shall be specially profiled to cater to medium duty and made out of
aluminium or its alloy to make it corrosion free. The drive shall be a TEFC weather proof
motor with IP-55 protection located centrally overhead and the fan mounted on its shaft
directly. Fan shall be protected with a fan guard. The entire assembly should be easily
accessible for maintenance.
Saha & Associates 67 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The cooling towers shall be procured of the colour, strictly in accordance with written
approval of Architects/Consultants.

Performance Data :

Complete performance ratings and power consumption at varying loads and outdoor wet bulb
temperatures and sound power data at full load shall be furnished with tenders and the same
shall be verified at the time of testing and commissioning the installation.

Testing :

Cooling capacities of the cooling tower shall be computed from the measurements of water
flow rate and entering and leaving water and ambient air wet bulb temperature. Water flow rate
shall be measured by an accurately calibrated water flow meter. All temperatures shall be
measured by an accurate mercury in glass thermometer. Computed results shall conform to the
specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power consumption shall be computed from the
measurements of input voltage and input current. Noise level at various locations shall be
measured at night time, by a sound pressure level meter.

6. AIR HANDLING UNITS (AHUs)

Scope

The scope shall be supply, installation, testing and commissioning of double skin air
handling units, conforming to these specifications and meeting all design parameters as
mentioned in the “ Bill of Quantities”, appendices and drawings.

The air handling units shall be draw-thru type comprising of various sections such as
mixing box, filter section, coil section, fan section etc., as mentioned in the “Bill of
Quantities”. The Air handling units shall be factory tested for rated efficiency.

Material of Construction & Design

The housing shall be so constructed that it can be delivered at site in total/SKD conditions
depending upon the requirement.

Inner panels shall be constructed out of 24 gauge (0.63mm) plain galvanized sheet and outer
panels shall also be made out of 24 gauge (0.63mm) pre painted galvanized steel sheet. Width
of each panel shall not exceed 750mm. Insulation shall be injected polyurethane foam in
between the double skin panels of thickness as mentioned in the BOQ. These panels shall be
bolted from inside on to the frame work with soft rubber gasket in between to make the
joints air tight.

AHU framework shall be made out of extruded aluminium hollow sections filled with
preformed insulation section. Frame work for each section shall be bolted together with soft
rubber gasket in between to make the joints air tight. Frames shall be assembled using
mechanical joints to make a sturdy and strong framework for various sections. Suitable doors
with pressure die cast aluminium hinges and latches shall be provided for access to various
Saha & Associates 68 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

panels for maintenance. The entire housing shall be mounted on steel channel frame work.

Drain Pan

Drain pan shall be made out of 18 gauge stainless steel with necessary slope to facilitate rapid
removal of condensate water. Drain pan shall be insulated with closed cell elastomeric
insulation of thickness as required. Necessary supports will be provided to slide the coil in the
drain pan. Outlet shall be provided from the drain pan in a manner that access panel can be
opened without disconnecting the drain pipe connection.

Centrifugal Fan & Motor

The AHU fan section shall house the DIDW forward curved centrifugal fan/s .The fan shall be
forward curved floor standing double inlet double width type. The wheel and housing shall be
fabricated from heavy gauge galvanized steel having thickness not less than 14gauge. The fan
impeller shall be mounted on a solid shaft supported to housing with angle iron frame and
pillow block heavy duty ball bearings. The fan shall be selected for speed not exceeding 1000
RPM. The impeller and fan shaft shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The fan outlet
velocity shall generally not be more than 2000 FPM or as mentioned in the BOQ. Fan housing
with motor shall be mounted on a common steel base mounted inside the air handling housing
on anti-vibration spring mounts or rubber mounts. The fan outlet shall be connected to casing
with the help of fire retardant canvass constructed out of imported fabrics. Centrifugal fans shall
conform the detailed specifications of fans elaborated in the preceding clause.

Fans shall be driven by an electric motor as specified in the schedule of quantities. Motor
ratings are only tentative and where a fan requires a higher capacity motor, the contractor shall
clearly point out the requirement and make his offer accordingly. Motor ratings shall be at least
10% over limit load plus transmission losses.

Fan motors shall be suitable for operation on 415 +10% volts, 50 cycles, 3 phase, AC power
supply and shall be TEFC squirrel cage induction type totally enclosed fan cooled with IP-55
protection. Motors shall be especially designed for quiet operation and motor speed shall not
exceed 1440 RPM. Drive to fan shall be provided through belt-drive arrangement. Belts shall
be of the oil-resistant type.

Cooling /Heating Coils

Coil section shall house the chilled/hot water coils having 12.5 mm to 16 mm dia tubes of
wall thickness not less than 0.5mm with aluminium fins firmly bonded to copper tubes
assembled in zinc coated steel frame. Material of construction of header associated with
cooling coil shall be copper. Face and surface areas shall be such as to ensure rated capacity
from each unit and such that air velocity across each coil shall not exceed 500 FPM. The coil
shall be pitched in the unit casing for proper drainage. Each coil shall be factory tested at
21Kg/Sqcm air pressure under water. Tubes shall be hydraulically/ mechanically expanded
for minimum thermal contact resistance with fins. Fin spacing shall be 11 to 13 fins per inch
(4 to 5 fins per cm.)

Pre -Filters Section with Filters

Saha & Associates 69 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Filter section shall house the washable synthetic type air filters having anodized aluminium
frame. The media shall be supported with HDP mesh on one side and aluminium mesh on
other side. Filter face velocity shall not exceed 400 FPM. Filters shall fit so as to prevent
by-pass. Holding frames shall be provided for installing a number of filter cells in banks.
These cells shall be held within the frames by sliding the cells between guiding channels.
Pre filters shall conform the detailed specifications as elaborated in the preceding clause
under sub head “Filters”.

Accessories

Each air handling unit shall be provided with manual air vent at highest point in the
cooling/heating coil and drain plug at the bottom of the coil.

Performance Data

Air handling units shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level. Technical submittal of
air handling units shall be prepared for Consultants approval prior to procurement as
mentioned under Special Conditions. Fan performance rating and power consumption
characteristics shall be submitted and verified at the time of testing and commissioning of the
entire installation.

Testing

Cooling/heating capacity of various air handling unit models shall be computed from the
measurements of air flow and dry and wet bulb temperatures of air entering and leaving the
coil. Air flow measurements shall be carried out by an anemometer and temperature
measurements by accurately calibrated thermometers. Computed results shall conform to the
specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power consumption shall be computed from
measurements of incoming voltage and input current.

7. FAN COIL UNITS (FCUs)

General

The fan coil unit shall be complete in all respects and shall generally comply with the
specifications as given hereunder:

The fan coil units shall be concealed ceiling mounting/floor mounted type complete with
finned coil, fan selection with three speed motor with selector switch, two way motorized
valves with summer and winter thermostatic control provision, BMS interfacing, drain pans,
air filters, filter box etc.

Cooling Coil

The coil shall be minimum 3 rows deep of seamless copper tubes having dia not less than
9.6mm OD having tube thickness not less than 25G to maintain the room condition. The coil
shall have continuous aluminum fins having thickness of 0.2mm. The fins shall be spaced by
collars forming integral parts of the fins. The tubes shall be staggered in the direction of
airflow. The coil circuit should be sized for adequate water velocity but not exceeding
Saha & Associates 70 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1.8m/sec (6ft/sec). the fins shall be uniformly bonded to the tubes by hydraulic expansion of
the tubes. Then coils shall be tested against leaks at a hydraulic pressure of 21Kg/cm2. The said
pressure shall be maintained for a period of 2 hours. No drops should be observed indicating
any leaks.

Fan Section

Side, top and bottom panels of fan coil unit shall be of 18 gauge die formed galvanized steel
sheet and shall incorporate linear adjustable holes for overhead suspension for horizontal units.
Fan section shall consist of aluminum impeller of forward curved type, both statically and
dynamically balanced, along with properly designed GI sheet casing. The blower assembly
should be easily openable having provision of wing nuts. The maximum acceptable noise level
in the room from the unit is 38 dB. The maximum noise level acceptable for the fan shall
however be 60 dB at a distance of 3M.

The twin impellers shall be directly mounted on to a double shaft, single phase, multiple
winding motor, capable of running at three speeds.

Drain Pan

The drain pan, shall be of double skin construction with 15mm thermocole (TF quality)
insulation sand-witched between 22 G outer and 18G inner pans of G.I sheets, shall cover the
whole coil section, shall be extended to one side for accommodating coil connections, valves
etc, and shall be complete with drain connections. OR Drain pan shall be of single piece deep
drawn stainless steel construction and insulated with 12mm thick fire retardant expanded
polystyrene insulation. The outer skin of the tray shall be single piece molded FRP. .

The fan coil unit shall also be provided with a secondary drain pan of 18G G.I. sheet duly
epoxy coated/FRP lined from inside.

Air Filter

Filter media shall be of washable aluminium mesh in multi layer with extruded aluminium
frame. The fan coil units should have provision for incorporating these filters either at the
bottom or back depending upon the requirement. The efficiency of filters shall be not be less
than 90% down to 10 microns.

Water Connections

The water lines shall be finally connected to the coil of the fan coil unit, by at least 300mm
long type-1., seamless, solid drawn copper tubing, with flare fittings and connections.

The water connections shall be made so that all the valves installed are accommodated within
the extension of the drain pan of the unit, so that in case of any leak in the valves the water
shall fall into the drain pan and not onto the false ceiling/floor etc.

The copper piping shall be insulated with class “O” closed cell elastomeric insulation adequate
thickness and all joints shall be sealed with adhesive forming proper bonding.

Saha & Associates 71 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Noise Control

Fan Coil units shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level of the equipment.
Maximum noise level acceptable shall be 38 dB in the room. Fan performance rating, power
consumption and sound power data with operating points clearly indicated shall be submitted
with the tenders and verified at the time of testing and commissioning of the installation.
Valves

The valves on water inlet line shall be of gun metal ball type with integral water strainers,
having BSP (FPT) inlet and flare type MPT outlet connection. The valves on return line shall
be same as above but without the water strainer.

8. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES

Scope

This section describes the type of frequency converter to be supplied for fan speed control. The
drive shall not be a general purpose product, but a dedicated HVAC engineered design.

The manufacturer shall demonstrate a continuous period of manufacture and development for
at least 25 years.

The frequency converter shall be supported locally by the manufacturer who will provide full
technical support, spares holding and trouble shooting capability from his own local facility.
A training course shall be provided by the manufacturer to the consultant / contractor /
maintenance engineers.

The manufacturer shall provide full technical detail of the product, with catalogues,
dimension drawings, weights etc. and each drive shall be provided with a full technical
manual.

Equipment supplied must conform to recognized International Standards and be

manufactured to ISO 9001, BS 5750 part 1 & 2 and carry the C.E. Mark on EMC
Compliance.

Frequency converters shall be suitable for use in either a ‘Stand Alone’ mode, complete
with all necessary protection or as part of centrally controlled system via a Serial
Communication Loop to the main Building Management System (B.M.S.) via in-built RS
485 port (as explained at 3.20 m)

Technical Requirement

The frequency converter (F.C.) shall convert Local Voltage V + 10%, 3 Phase, 50/60 Hz
utility power supply to an adjustable output voltage and frequency. The FC must be capable
of delivering full value of fundamental true RMS output voltage to the motor equal to the
mains input voltage to the FC at full load and speed. In the event the FC cannot meet this
requirement an oversized motor at least one frame size higher must be selected. The FC
manufacturer must document this capability.
Saha & Associates 72 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The voltage to frequency ratio shall be suitable for fan control. It should not be possible
to set a constant V/F ratio, to prevent damage to connected equipment and to optimize
energy usage.

The F.C. shall work in conjunction with any I.E.C. standard design motor and shall not
require the motor to be de-rated, or cause the motor temperature to rise above the class
‘B’ rise expected on normal mains operation. The Motor Shall not require an external
blower even at slow speed running.

When selecting the FC, care shall be taken to ensure that protection against electro
fluting of motor bearings and/or damage to the motor windings shall be provided. This
shall be provided by the inclusion of :

a) Insulated motor bearings

b) Soft switching IGBT’s in the FC
c) LC Filters fitted to the FC

The F.C. shall use AMA (Automatic Motor Adaptation) techniques so that operators do
not have to input motor characteristic and ensuring proper motor operation, optimize
motor performance, improve start capabilities and compensate for motor cable
variances.

The F.C. shall be capable of controlling parallel motors of mixed ratings, and allow
disconnection of any machine whilst running without causing tripping. The F.C. shall
be capable of running with no motor connected for service functions.

The F.C. shall be fully tested at the converter manufacturers works, including motor
loading.
Certificates of Compliance should be available on request.
The F.C. shall be of sufficient capacity to provide a quality wave form so as to achieve
full output torque of the motor, without causing additional heat rise. The operating
conditions shall include:

a) Minimum efficiency at 100% load - 96%

at 20% load - 92%
b) Rated input voltage (local voltage) -10%, 3 phase, 50/60 Hz +2 Hz.
c) Working ambient temperature range -10C to +45C, humidity to 95% RH, and
vibration of 0.7G.RMS in 3 directions
d) Output frequency range - 0.5 to 1000 Hz.
e) Output voltage range 0 to full mains input voltage, 3 phase even at full mains
voltage -10% input.
f) The drive shall allow connection of motors one frame size larger and 4 sizes
smaller than the nominal converter rating.
g) VFD shall be limited to 110% of rated current for 60 seconds and 160% torque for
0.5 seconds
h) The F.C. shall accept 0-10 VDC, 4-20 mA, or resistive inputs as a control signal.
i) The F.C. shall provide two output relays to provide signals including - ready, run,
Saha & Associates 73 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

tripped, and be programmable for other selected information. Two analogue

outputs of 4-20 mA or 24 VDC shall be programmable to transmit speed or other
parameters to the B.M.S. In addition, 2 x digital outputs shall provide 24Vdc to
signal choice of 27 conditions to the BMS.
j) The F.C. shall log and display “Total kW-hrs consumed” and “Total Hours Run”
by the motor without additional instrumentation and the facility to “Reset”.
k) 20 preset speeds shall be available (programmable values) for duties such as night
setback, smoke extract and morning boost settings.
l) The F.C. shall provide 4 skip frequencies of adjustable bandwidth to overcome
mechanical or air resonance.
m) A parameter lock shall be incorporated to prevent unauthorized resetting of
parameters.
n) The FC shall be capable of running from an external DC
source during periods of mains interruption.
o) Drive acoustic noise shall not exceed 65Dba at full load and 60Dba at 50% load.

Drive Design Requirements

The F.C. shall contain as standard within it’s enclosure D.C. Link filtering with both
inductive and capacitive elements to control the mains borne harmonics. The document
‘Electrical Supply Industry Recommendation G 5/3 limits for harmonic currents in the
U.K.’ or IEEE519, 1992 shall be used for the basis of calculation of T.H.D. for the point
of common coupling. On request, the F.C. manufacturer shall provide T.H.D. figures
for the total connected load. The contractor shall provide details of supply transformer
rating, impedance, etc. feeding the F.C.s to allow this calculation to be made.

The F.C. shall comply with E.M.C.(Electromagnetic compatibility) (R.F.I. Control)

document EN55011 as an integral part of its design, incorporating EMC/ RFI Filters to
meet both EN55011 Class 1A (150metres) and Class 1B (50 metres ). It shall conform
to immunity standard IEC 801 parts 2-5. Must carry the C.E. Mark of Compliance.

The drive shall be capable of automatically reconnecting to a spinning fan, forward or

reverse running, without tripping, following mains interruption or on transfer from
bypass running.

The F.C. design shall comprise a diode input bridge, fixed voltage D.C. link section
with both inductors and capacitors to form a filter, and inverting bridge comprising
I.G.B.T.’s (Insulated Gate BiPolar Transistors) . All equipment must be housed within
the F.C. enclosure.

The inverting bridge shall be controlled by a 32 bit processor and A.S.I.C.’s

(Application Specific Integrated Circuits) to produce a V.V.C. Plus (Voltage Vector
Controlled) enhanced P.W.M. waveform naturally resulting in full motor voltage,
torque and sinusoidal current of mains supply quality in the motor circuit. Other forms
of current source or 6 pulse converters are not accepted.

The F.C. shall protect itself against input transients to VDE0160 class W2; loss of
mains phase (3 phase measurement); loss of motor phase (3 phase measurement);
grounding of any output phase; loss of speed reference (runs at last setting/preset
Saha & Associates 74 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

speed/close down-programmable).

The F.C. shall use overriding frequency fold back control techniques to prevent damage
in the event of excessive load during either running or starting.

The F.C. shall model the motor in its software to predict motor overheating without the
use of thermistors in the motor. When overheat is predicted, an alarm or automatic
shutdown shall be initiated.

The F.C. shall exhibit near unity fundamental power factor at all loads and speeds, and
should not require the addition of external A.C./D.C. line reactors for power factor
improvement, harmonic control or prevention of zero voltage notching.

The output circuit shall be of such a design, as to allow unlimited switching of the motor
circuit, at any load/speed without causing damage to the I.G.B.T. output stage and
without needing auxiliary control switching.

F.C.’s shall have self adjusting modulation frequency control from 2.0 kHz to 14 kHz.
The control form shall be such as to allow the F.C. to deliver full output at all times
without derating, by optimizing the switching frequency dependent on the output load.

Full galvanic isolation between power and control components shall be incorporated to
ensure compliance with VDE 0160 P.E.L.V. (Protective Extra Low Voltage) to prevent
damage to B.M.S. interface and ensure operator safety. Short circuiting of the control
terminals shall not damage the control card.

The F.C. shall include an A.E.O. (Automatic Energy Optimization) circuit to

continuously adjust the voltage to frequency ratio and optimize the motor magnetizing
current based on the actual torque requirement of the motor at different speeds to
optimize motor energy consumption and prevent heating of motor at low speeds.

The design shall include a full 2 zone, 2 set point P.I.D. controller as standard to
provide closed loop control direct from upto 2 signal transmitters without the need for
external signal conditioning.

The F.C. shall not exhibit an inrush current when a ‘start’ signal is given, and current
must not exceed 110% at any time to prevent damage to connected equipment.

The F.C. design shall include a motor preheat circuit to prevent condensation forming in
the motor during shutdown periods. he F.C. shall not be damaged if it is energized with
a ‘start’ signal without a motor connected. The F.C. shall provide as standard:

a) Heat sink over-temperature protection.

b) Under-voltage protection.

c) Over-voltage protection.

Display to be in selectable language.

Saha & Associates 75 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The Local Control Panel (keypad of FC) of FC shall display in 4 line alpha-numeric
characters in plain English language, the following operating parameters :

a. Energy consumed in kW-Hr.

b. Power consumed by motor in kW
c. Run time of motor in Hours.
d. Current drawn by the motor in Amperes.
e. Voltage applied to motor terminals by FC in Volts
f. DC link voltage in Volts
g. Output Frequency in Hz.
h. Percentage of maximum output frequency in %.
i. Motor Speed in RPM

9. AIR CURTAINS

Air curtains shall be vertical down throw type and shall comprise of twin centrifugal
blowers, statically and dynamically balanced, designed for noiseless and continuous
operation, motor etc. Necessary documents establishing Dynamic balancing carried out at
factory shall be provided with the consignment. The enclosure shall be factory fabricated
out of 18 gauge aluminium/CRCA sheet duly powder coated. Fans shall be constructed out
of aluminium. Fan motors shall be suitable for operation on 220 +6% volts, 50 cycles, 1
phase, AC power supply with IP-55 protection. The outlet shall be carefully designed to
create laminar draft providing an invisible air curtain at critical junction isolating clean and
semi-clean areas or as required.

10. PRESSURISED CLOSED EXPANSION TANK

Pressurised Closed Expansion Tank suitable for total volume of water in chilled water
circuits along with necessary accessories. Expansion tank shall be ASME rated pre-charged
bladder type pressure vessels. Expansion tanks shall be designed to absorb the expansion
forces of heating/ cooling system water while maintaining proper system pressurization
under varying operating conditions. The heavy duty bladder shall contain system water
thereby eliminating tank corrosion and water logging problems. Tanks shall be factory pre
changed at 12 psi. Tank's maximum operating design temperature shall be 240 F. The tank
shall be fitted with lifting rings and a floor mounting skit before vertical installation.

11. SUPPLY AIR FAN (FOR FRESH AIR)/EXTRACT FAN SECTION – Double skin type

Scope

The scope shall be supply, installation, testing and commissioning of packaged type supply
air fan meeting all design parameters as mentioned in the “Bill of Quantities”.

Material of Construction & Design

The housing shall be so constructed that it can be delivered at site in total/SKD conditions
depending upon the requirement.

Saha & Associates 76 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Inner panels shall be constructed out of 24 gauge (0.63mm) plain galvanized sheet and outer
panels shall also be made out of 24 gauge (0.63mm) pre painted galvanized steel sheet.
Width of each panel shall not exceed 750mm. Insulation shall be injected polyurethane foam
in between the double skin panels of thickness as mentioned in the BOQ. These panels shall
be bolted from inside on to the frame work with soft rubber gasket in between to make the
joints air tight.

Unit framework shall be made out of extruded aluminium hollow sections filled with
preformed insulation section. Frame work for each section shall be bolted together with soft
rubber gasket in between to make the joints air tight. Frames shall be assembled using
mechanical joints to make a sturdy and strong framework for various sections. Suitable doors
with pressure die cast aluminium hinges and latches shall be provided for access to various
panels for maintenance. The entire housing shall be mounted on steel channel frame work.

Pre -Filters Section with Filters

Filter section shall house the washable synthetic type air filters having anodized aluminium
frame. The media shall be supported with HDP mesh on one side and aluminium mesh on
other side. Filter face velocity shall not exceed 400 FPM. Filters shall fit so as to prevent by-
pass. Holding frames shall be provided for installing a number of filter cells in banks. These
cells shall be held within the frames by sliding the cells between guiding channels. Pre filters
shall conform the detailed specifications as elaborated in the preceding clause under sub head
“Filters”.

Centrifugal Fan & Motor

The fan shall be forward curved floor standing double inlet double width type. The wheel and
housing shall be fabricated from heavy gauge galvanized steel. The fan impeller shall be
mounted on a solid shaft supported to housing with angle iron frame and pillow block heavy
duty ball bearings. The fan shall be selected for speed not exceeding 1000 RPM. The impeller
and fan shaft shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The fan outlet velocity shall not be
more than 2000 FPM. Fan housing with motor shall be mounted on a common steel base
mounted inside the air handling housing on anti-vibration spring mounts or rubber mounts. The
fan outlet shall be connected to casing with the help of fire retardant canvass constructed out of
imported fabrics.

Fans shall be driven by an electric motor as specified in the schedule of quantities. Motor
ratings are only tentative and where a fan requires a higher capacity motor, the contractor shall
clearly point out the requirement and make his offer accordingly. Motor ratings shall be at
least 10% over limit load plus transmission losses.

Fan motors shall be suitable for operation on 415 +10% volts, 50 cycles, 3 phase, AC power
supply and shall be TEFC squirrel cage induction type totally enclosed fan cooled with IP-55
protection. Motors shall be especially designed for quiet operation and motor speed shall not
exceed 1440 RPM. Drive to fan shall be provided through belt-drive arrangement. Belts shall
be of the oil-resistant type.

Note :

Saha & Associates 77 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Construction of EXTRACT FAN SECTION shall generally be similar to supply air fan as
elaborated above but without filters. For detail description of extract fan section please refer
“Bill of Quantities”.

12. SUPPLY AIR FAN (FOR FRESH AIR)/EXTRACT FAN SECTION – Single Skin Type

Scope

The scope shall be supply, installation, testing and commissioning of packaged type supply
air fan meeting all design parameters as mentioned in the “Bill of Quantities”.

Construction

Casing

Casing shall be single skin constructed out of minimum 1.6mm thick GI sheet suitably
braced. The casing shall be of bolted construction designed for outdoor installation. Casing
shall be ribbed and re- inforced with access panels as may be required. Casing shall be
factory painted with aluminium paint as required.

Accessories

The packaged type supply air fan shall be complete with following accessories :

a. 50mm thick aluminium wire mesh filters at the air intake.

Centrifugal Fan & Motor

The fan shall be forward curved floor standing double inlet double width type. The wheel and
housing shall be fabricated from heavy gauge galvanized steel. The fan impeller shall be
mounted on a solid shaft supported to housing with angle iron frame and pillow block heavy
duty ball bearings. The fan shall be selected for speed not exceeding 1000 RPM. The impeller
and fan shaft shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The fan outlet velocity shall not be
more than 2000 FPM. Fan housing with motor shall be mounted on a common steel base
mounted inside the air handling housing on anti-vibration spring mounts or rubber mounts. The
fan outlet shall be connected to casing with the help of fire retardant canvass constructed out of
imported fabrics.

Fans shall be driven by an electric motor as specified in the schedule of quantities. Motor
ratings are only tentative and where a fan requires a higher capacity motor, the contractor shall
clearly point out the requirement and make his offer accordingly. Motor ratings shall be at
least 10% over limit load plus transmission losses.

Fan motors shall be suitable for operation on 415 +10% volts, 50 cycles, 3 phase, AC power
supply and shall be TEFC squirrel cage induction type totally enclosed fan cooled with IP-55
protection. Motors shall be especially designed for quiet operation and motor speed shall not
exceed 1440 RPM. Drive to fan shall be provided through belt-drive arrangement. Belts shall
be of the oil-resistant type.

Saha & Associates 78 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Note :

Construction of EXTRACT FAN SECTION shall generally be similar to supply air fan as
elaborated above but without filters. For detail description of extract fan section please refer
“Bill of Quantities”.

13. FILTERS

13.1 Viscous Metallic Filters

Viscous metal filter shall be all metal, washable type. The filter media shall be composed of
layers of crimped GI wire mesh. The velocity over face of filter shall not exceed 90 MPM.
and pressure drop shall not exceed 5mm for 50mm thick filter. The filter shall be of GI
and suitable for mounting as required at site.

13.2 Synthetic Fibre Filters

Synthetic fibre filter shall be cleanable in light weight aluminium framed with non-woven
synthetic fibre replaceable media. The filter shall have an efficiency of 90% down to 10
microns when tested as per BS: 2831 standard. It shall be suitable for operation under 100%
Relative Humidity & 120 degree C temperature conditions. The velocity over the face of
filter shall not exceed 105 MPM and the pressure drop across the filter shall not exceed
2.5mm WG for 25mm thick filter. The filter frame shall be of aluminium and shall be
suitable for mounting in air handling unit as required at site.

13.3 Microvee Filters :

Fine filters shall be designed to remove particles down to 5 microns as per I.S standard.

Filter shall comprise of a large aluminium sheet frame provided with neoprene gasket for
housing the plated filter element. Filter element shall be made from multilayers of micro-
fiberglass media specially treated with antifungal and bacterial reagent to prevent growth of
micro-organisms shall be screwed into the frame by means of an aluminium clamp patti and
brass screws. The filter media shall be reinforced by two layers of HDPE woven cloth 120
mesh size and anodized aluminium mesh and filters shall be cleanable type using
water/detergent. Fine filter shall be housed in banks/arrays. They shall comprise of
housing made from MS angles/flats epoxy coated of size suitable to receive the required
number of filters to handle specified cfm for each AHU. All filters shall be installed in
same plane. No zigzagging shall be allowed by means of threaded bolts. Housing shall be
of 2” greater thickness than that of filters (i.e. 8” thick for 6” deep filters).

14. SPLIT UNITS

Scope

The scope of this section comprises supply, installation, testing and commissioning of self
contained air cooled split type air conditioning units each comprising of an outdoor and
single/twin indoor units conforming to these specifications and in accordance with the
requirement of drawings and schedule of quantities.
Saha & Associates 79 Thermal Factor
 Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Outdoor Unit

Outdoor unit shall be an air cooled condensing unit suitable for out door installation
conforming to the following specifications.

a. Unit Base & Casing

Base panel shall be constructed out of fabricated steel structure of adequate size. Casing panels
shall be of 1.2 mm thick, welded construction, removable type to provide easy access to
equipment and shall be bonderized and painted. Casing shall be complete with discharge
outlets, grilles, space for refrigeration equipment, fans, condenser coil etc.

b. Compressor

i. Scroll Compressor

The scroll compressor shall be an industrial quality rugged, cast iron, direct hermetic
compressor with scroll plates, suction & discharge service valves. The compressor shall be
complete with straight suction tube, centrifugal oil pump, oil charging valve, oil level sight
glass, crank case heater and check valve on the scroll discharge port. The compressor shall be
complete with the provision of two-point lubrication for each motor bearing. The compressor
shall be completely enclosed in a chamber with no leakage path and providing the capability for
scroll plates to separate. The compressor shall be provided with industrial solid motor mounts
internal motor protection and vibration isolation pads. Each compressor shall be independently
wired and piped to its own circuit for efficient operation & ease of maintenance. The
compressor speed shall not exceed 3000 RPM.

ii. Rotary Compressor

The rotary compressor shall be an industrial quality rugged, cast iron, hermatic/ semi hermatic
compressor with capacity control side valve , oil sump heater & differential pressure refrigerant
oil flow system. The compressor shall be provided with multiple pressure lubricated rolling
element bearing group shall support the rotating assembly. Suitable overload protection shall be
provided & necessary isolating valves shall be provided at suction & discharge . The
compressor shall be fitted with electrically operated oil heaters with built in thermostats. The
heaters shall be shall be automatically actuated when the compressor is stopped. Necessary time
delay shall be provided for restart of compressor. The compressor shall be provided with
industrial solid motor mounts internal motor protection and vibration isolation pads. Each
compressor shall be independently wired and piped to its own circuit for efficient operation &
ease of maintenance. The compressor speed shall not exceed 3000 RPM.

c. Condenser

Condenser shall be air cooled in copper tube & aluminium fins construction. Condensers shall
be complete with provisions for refrigerant piping connections, shut off valves and any other
standard accessory necessary with the equipment supplied.

Saha & Associates 80 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

d. Condenser Fan

Fan shall be preferably propeller type suitable for fractional horse power drive with IP-55
protection.

Indoor Unit

The indoor unit shall be basically a fan coil unit suitable for wall, floor and under ceiling
installation of various types conforming to the following specifications.

a. Indoor units shall be either ceiling mounted cassette type, wall mounted type, floor mounted
type or ceiling mounted ductable type in conformity with the design drawings and schedule of
quantities.

Each indoor unit shall consist of PID controller for maintaining design room conditions besides
microprocessor based thermostat for cooling. The indoor unit shall also be provided with wired
LCD type remote controller which shall memorize the latest malfunction code for ease in
maintenance. The controller shall incorporate self diagnostic features. Such remote controllers
associated with cassette type and hi-wall type indoor units shall incorporate inbuilt feature to be
able to change fan speed and angle of swing flap individually as desired by the user.

The ceiling mounted cassette type indoor units shall comprise of an attractive moulded ABS
plastic exterior enclosure provided with four way supply air grilles on the periphery and square
return air grill at the centre with filter behind. Each cassette type indoor unit shall consist of
high efficiency paddle type condensate water pump to facilitate forced disposal of condensate
water and low gas detection system.

The hi-wall indoor units shall be suitable for installation on the wall preferably at lintel level.
The specifications shall otherwise be similar to above.

Ceiling mounted ductable indoor units shall comprise of high static centrifugal fan, direct
driven or belt driven through TEFC squirrel cage induction motor suitable for moderate amount
of duct work. The housing shall be of light weight construction fabricated out of powder coated
galvanized sheet steel single skin panels, internally insulated with 9mm thick closed cell
elastomeric insulation material.

b. Cooling coil

Cooling coil shall be of the fin and tube type, having aluminium fins, firmly bonded to seamless
copper tubes. Face and surface areas shall be such as to assure rated capacity and the air
velocity across the coil shall not exceed 170 MPM. The coil shall be factory tested under water
at 21 Kg/Sqcm air pressure.

c. Fan Section

The fan associated with non ductable indoor units shall be dual suction, aero dynamically
designed, multi blade type, statically-dynamically balanced to ensure smooth circulation of air
exhibiting lower noise level. The fan shall be direct driven type mounted directly on motor shaft
supported from the housing.
Saha & Associates 81 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Fan associated with ductable indoor unit shall be centrifugal double inlet double width forward
curved type, preferably with variable pitch pulleys. The fan housing shall be statically-
dynamically balanced at works to ensure noise and vibration free operation.

d. Filters

Filters shall be cleanable, synthetic fibre media of approved make. Velocity through filters shall
not exceed 105 MPM and pressure drop across filters shall not exceed 5 mm of WG.

e. Insulation

All indoor unit shall be factory insulated with minimum 9 mm thick closed cell elastomeric
insulation material towards thermal/acoustic treatment.

Drain pan shall be insulated with minimum 9mm mm thick closed cell elastomeric insulation
material. Fixing of coil section and drain pan shall be done in such a way to avoid direct metal
contact with any other un-insulated metal part in order to avoid condensation.

Condensate drain piping around the indoor unit shall also be insulated with minimum 9mm
thick closed cell elastomeric insulation preferably in tubing form.

f. Refrigerant Piping

The copper refrigerant piping shall be carried out neatly to connect outdoor and indoor unit/s
and shall run along with wires/cables. The refrigerant piping associated with ductable units shall
be carried out using hard drawn copper pipes & ready made copper fittings for pipe diameter
exceeding 19mm. Piping less than 19mm shall be carried out using soft seamless copper pipes.
Joints shall be affected by soldering/brazing process using silver rods. Suitable sleeves shall be
provided at all wall crossings as required. The refrigerant circuit shall include liquid line and
gas shut-off valves at the end of condenser.

After the refrigerant piping installation has been completed, the refrigerant piping system shall
be pressure tested using nitrogen at pressure of 21Kg/ Sqcm. Pressure shall be maintained in the
system for 24 hours. The system shall then be evacuated to minimum vacuum equivalent to
700mm Hg and held for another 24 hours prior to commencement of gas charging.

All refrigerant pipes shall be properly supported and anchored to the building structure using
steel hangers, anchors, brackets and supports which shall be fixed to the building element by
means of inserts or expansion shields of adequate size and number to support the load
imposed thereon.

The liquid and suction refrigerant lines including all fittings, valves, strainer etc. shall be
insulated with 13 mm thick closed cell elastomeric insulation material preferably in
tubing form as specified in Schedule of Quantities.

To protect nitrile rubber insulation associated with exposed copper piping from degrading due
to ultra violet rays & atmospheric conditions, it shall be covered with polyshield coating.

Saha & Associates 82 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Fiberglass tape shall be helically wrapped & applied with two coats of resin with hardener to
give smooth finish.

g. Electrical Installation

Factory fabricated local control panel shall be provided with each three phase ductable unit.
The armoured conductor power cabling along with earthing shall be carried out as required
and the cables shall be as per the “Approved Makes”.

15. AIR COOLING MACHINE (AIR WASHER)

Scope

The scope shall be supply, installation, testing and commissioning of double skin packaged
type Air cooling machines meeting all design parameters as mentioned in the “ Bill of
Quantities”.

Construction

Material of Construction & Design for fan section

The housing shall be so constructed that it can be delivered at site in total/SKD conditions
depending upon the requirement.

Inner panels shall be constructed out of 24 gauge (0.63mm) plain galvanized sheet and outer
panels shall also be made out of 24 gauge (0.63mm) pre painted galvanized steel sheet.
Width of each panel shall not exceed 750mm. Insulation shall be injected polyurethane foam
in between the double skin panels of minimum 25mm thickness. These panels shall be bolted
from inside on to the frame work with soft rubber gasket in between to make the joints air
tight.

AW framework shall be made out of extruded aluminium hollow sections filled with
preformed insulation section. Frame work for each section shall be bolted together with soft
rubber gasket in between to make the joints air tight. Frames shall be assembled using
mechanical joints to make a sturdy and strong framework for various sections. Suitable doors
with pressure die cast aluminium hinges and latches shall be provided for access to various
panels for maintenance. The entire housing shall be mounted on steel channel frame work.
The inside of the cabinet shall be applied with epoxy paint thoroughly.

Wet Section

Wet section of air cooling machine shall be constructed out of stainless steel SS-304 grade of
appropriate thickness. However, sump shall be constructed out of 1.25mm thick stainless steel
having SS-304 grade.

Pump Sets

Pumps shall be mono block type having following material of construction :

a. Casing : Cast Iron
Saha & Associates 83 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

b. Impeller : Bronze
c. Bearing : Heavy duty Ball/Roller
d. Shaft : High Tensile Steel
e. Motor : TEFC

Driver ratings to be selected at least 15% in excess of the maximum B.H.P of the pump
plus transmission losses if any.

The following accessories shall be provided with each pump among other standard
accessories required :

a. Lubrication fittings and seal piping.

b. Test and /or air vent cocks.

Accessories

The air cooling machines shall be complete with following accessories :

a. 50mm thick aluminium wire mesh filters at the air intake.

b. 300mm thick cellulose based paper fills of imported origin duly enclosed in PVC frame
work.

c. FRP water header with equidistant slits for uniform water distribution over the paper fills.

d. Drain, overflow, make-up and quick fill connections with float valve.

e. Suction screen constructed out of brass and shall be of sufficient area to

maintain velocity not exceeding 25cms/sec.

f. 4mm thick PVC eliminators to be provided between the pad section & blower section to
eliminate water carry over.

g. All interior and exterior GI piping with valves and fittings to connect the water
circulating pumps including ‘Y’ strainer, ball valves etc.

h. Cabinet type supply air fan section shall be completely factory assembled and tested of
approved manufacture.

i. 1mm thick FRP lining to be provided at the base of blower section.

j. Limit switch at door of air washer.

Centrifugal Fan & Motor

The fan shall be forward curved floor standing double inlet double width type. The wheel and
housing shall be fabricated from heavy gauge galvanized steel. The fan impeller shall be
mounted on a solid shaft supported to housing with angle iron frame and pillow block heavy
duty ball bearings. The fan shall be selected for speed not exceeding 1000 RPM. The impeller
Saha & Associates 84 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

and fan shaft shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The fan outlet velocity shall not be
more than 2000 FPM. Fan housing with motor shall be mounted on a common steel base
mounted inside the air handling housing on anti-vibration spring mounts or rubber mounts. The
fan outlet shall be connected to casing with the help of fire retardant canvass constructed out of
imported fabrics. The centrifugal fans shall be coated with epoxy paint to avoid moisture
abuse.

Fans shall be driven by an electric motor as specified in the schedule of quantities. Motor
ratings are only tentative and where a fan requires a higher capacity motor, the contractor shall
clearly point out the requirement and make his offer accordingly. Motor ratings shall be at
least 10% over limit load plus transmission losses.

Fan motors shall be suitable for operation on 415 +10% volts, 50 cycles, 3 phase, AC power
supply and shall be TEFC squirrel cage induction type totally enclosed fan cooled with IP-55
protection. Motors shall be especially designed for quiet operation and motor speed shall not
exceed 1440 RPM. Drive to fan shall be provided through belt-drive arrangement. Belts shall
be of the oil-resistant type.

16. DRY TYPE SCRUBBER (FOR KITCHEN EXHAUST)

Scope

The scope shall be supply, installation, testing and commissioning of packaged type double
skin construction air scrubber units, conforming to these Specifications and in accordance
with requirements of drawings and of the “Bill of Quantities”.

Type

The Scrubber units shall be double skin construction comprising of various sections as shown
on drawings and included in schedule of quantities.

Capacity

The Scrubber unit’s capacities, maximum motor horse power and static pressure shall be as
shown on Drawings and in Schedule of Quantities, However, HVAC Contractor shall verify
the capacity after carrying latest information collected from Engineer.

Casing

Double skinned panels shall be 50 mm thick made of galvanized steel, pressure injected with
foam insulation (density 40 kg/m3) with K factor not exceeding 0.02 Watt/Mc shall be fixed
to 1.5 mm thick aluminium alloy twin box section structural framework with stainless steel
screws. Outer sheet of panels shall be made of galvanized preplasticised sheet of 0.63 thick,
and inner sheet of 24 Gauge plain G.I. Sheet.

The entire framework shall be mounted on an aluminium alloy or galvanized steel (depending
on size) channel base as per manufacturer’s recommendation. The panels shall be sealed to the
framework by heavy duty ‘O’ ring gaskets held captive in the framed extrusion. All stainless
steel pivots, handles shall be made of hard nylon and be operational from both inside and
Saha & Associates 85 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

outside of the unit. Units supplied with various sections shall be suitable for on site assembly
with continuous foam gasket. All fixing and gaskets shall be concealed.

Units shall have hinged, quick opening access door in the fan section and also in filter section
where filters are not accessible from outside. Access doors shall be double skin type.

Condensate drain pan shall be fabricated from 18 gage stainless steel sheet with all corners
welded. It shall be isolated from bottom floor panel through 25 mm heavy duty TF expanded
polystyrene or urethane foam.

Electrostatic Section

The electrostatic filter section shall be 90-95% in single pass as per DOP test method.
Electrostatic Precipitator should be able to charge particles from 0.01 micron to 10 micron
through solid state power supply. Collector cell shall be of permanent type and slide out
facility for easy removal for cleaning. Operating Voltage shall be 220V + 6 % /1Ph/ 50Hz,
Power consumption not exceeding 50 watts per unit up to 7500 Cfm. System should be fitted
with interlock switch for safety. The system should be able connected to a fan section to
achieve airflow of 500 FPM across the air cleaner. The filter should have a constant pressure
drop.

Dampers

Dampers shall be opposed blade type. Blades shall be made of double skinned aerofoil
aluminium sections with integral gasket and assembled within a rigid extruded aluminium
alloy frame. All linkages and supporting spindles shall be made of aluminium or nylon,
turning in Teflon bushes. Manual dampers shall be provided with a Bakelite knob for locking
the damper blades in position. Linkages shall be extended wherever specified for motorized
operation. Damper frames shall be sectionalized to minimize blade warping. Air leakage
through dampers when in the closed position shall not exceed 1.5% of the maximum design
air volume flow rate at the maximum design air total pressure.

Painting

Shop coats of paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off
with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with
paint to match the finish over the adjoining shop painted surface.

Performance Data

Scrubber unit shall be selected for the lowest operating Noise level of the equipment.
Performance rating and power consumption data, with operating points clearly indicated shall
be submitted and verified at time of testing and commissioning of the installation.

Testing

Exhaust capacity of various scrubber unit models be computed from the measurements of air
flow and dry wet bulb temperatures of air entering and leaving the unit. Flow measurements
shall be by an anemometer and temperature measurements by accurately calibrated mercury-
Saha & Associates 86 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

in-glass thermometers. Computed results shall conform to the specified capacities and quoted
ratings. Power consumption shall be computed from measurements of incoming voltage and
input current.

17. FRESH AIR TREATMENT UNITS WITH HRW

Scope

The scope of this section comprises of supply, erection, testing and commissioning of double
skin construction fresh air units, conforming to these specifications and in accordance with
requirements of drawings and schedule of quantities.

Type

The TFA units shall be double skin construction, draw-thru type comprising of various
sections such as filter sections, HRW section and fan sections factory assembled as
elaborated in drawings and schedule of quantities.
Capacity

The air handling capacities, maximum motor HP, static pressure shall be as shown on
drawings, conditions and schedule of quantities.

Housing/Casing

The housing/casing of the fresh air treatment unit shall be in double skin construction. The
housing shall be so constructed that it can be delivered at site in total/semi knock down
conditions depending upon the locations.

The framework shall be extruded aluminum hollow sections filled with preformed insulation
section. Frames shall be assembled using mechanical joints to make a sturdy and strong
framework for various sections.

Double skin panels (each not exceeding 750mm wide) shall be made out of 24 gauge pre
painted galvanized steel sheet on outside and 24 gauge plain galvanized sheet inside with
48 mm thick injected PU foam insulation in between. These panels shall be bolted from
inside on to the frame work with soft rubber gasket in between to make the joints air tight.

Frame work for each section shall be bolted together with soft rubber gasket in between
to make the joints air tight. Suitable doors with pressure die cast aluminum hinges and
latches shall be provided for access to various panels for maintenance. The entire housing
shall be mounted on steel channel frame work.

Marine light and limit switch to be provided in the casing of each fresh air treatment unit.
Each fresh air treatment unit shall be provided with canopy. Material of construction for
canopy shall be similar as that of casing.

Drain pan shall be constructed out of 18 gauge stainless steel with necessary slope to
facilitate rapid removal of condensate water. Drain pan shall be factory insulated with
minimum 9mm thick closed cell elastomeric insulation as required. Necessary supports will
Saha & Associates 87 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

be provided to slide the coil in the drain pan. Outlet shall be provided from the drain pan in a
manner that access panel can be opened without disconnecting the drain pipe connection.

Centrifugal Fans & Motors

The fans shall be forward/backward curved floor standing double inlet double width type to
be selected as per static pressure requirement. The wheel and housing shall be fabricated in
galvanized steel construction as per manufacturer standard. The fan impeller shall be
mounted on a solid shaft supported to housing with angle iron frame and pillow block heavy
duty ball bearings. The impeller and fan shaft shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
The fan outlet velocity shall not be more than 2000 FPM. Fan housing with motor shall be
mounted on a common steel base mounted inside the air handling housing on anti-vibration
spring mounts or rubber mounts. The fan outlet shall be connected to casing with the help of
fire retardant canvass.

Fan motors shall be suitable for operation on 415 + 10% volts, 50 cycles, 3 phase, squirrel
cage, totally enclosed fan cooled with IP- 55 protection. Motors shall be especially
designed for quiet operation and motor speed shall not exceed 1440 RPM. Drive to fan
shall be provided through belt-drive arrangement. Belts shall be of the oil-resistant type.

Heat Recovery Section

The Heat Recovery section shall include approved make enthalpy wheels and shall be
capable of minimum recovery of 65 % of total heat, i.e both sensible and latent (each being
65%) with exhaust air being 75-80% of supply air. The wheel shall be made of pure
aluminium foil coated with appropriate desiccant. The cross contamination between the two
air steams shall be negligible. The vertical and radial run of the wheel shall be less than 1mm
per Meter of diameter. The wheels shall have non contact labyrinth seals for effective sealing
between the two air streams.

Heat Recovery Wheel shall conform to the following specifications :

The substrate :

The substrate or wheel matrix shall be of pure aluminum foil so as to allow quick and
efficient uptake of thermal energy and sufficient mass for optimum heat transfer. Maximum
sensible heat recovery shall be achieved at a relatively low rotational speed of 20 to 25 RPM.

The substrate shall not be made from any material which is combustible or supports
combustion.

The Desiccant :

The desiccant shall be capable of keeping the cross contamination to absolute minimum and
should also ensure the exclusion of contaminants from the air streams, while transferring the
water vapour molecules.

Saha & Associates 88 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The desiccant of sufficient mass should be coated with non masking porous binder adhesive
on the aluminum substrate so as to allow quick and easy uptake and release of water vapour.
A matrix with desiccants impregnated in non metallic substrates, such as synthetic fibre,
glass fibre, etc. shall not be accepted.

The weight of desiccant coating and the mass of aluminum foil shall be in a ratio so as to
ensure recovery of both sensible and latent heat simultaneously over the operating range.

Rotor :

With optimum heat and mass through matrix formed by desiccant, of sufficient mass, coated
on as aluminum foil, the rotor should rotate at lower than 20 to 25 RPM, thereby also
ensuring long life of belts and reduced wear and tear of seals.

The rotor shall be made of alternate flat and corrugated aluminum foil of uniform width.

The rotor honeycomb matrix foil should be so wound and adhered as to make a structurally
very strong and rigid media which shall not get cracked, deformed etc. due to change of
temperature or humidity.

The rotor having a diameter upto 2800 mm shall have spokes to reinforce the matrix. From
2000 mm diameter upwards, the option of a special wing structure, to prevent the rotors from
wobbling or deforming due to the successive pressure differentials, will be available.

Sectioned wheels, with pie segments, capable of being assembled in the field, shall be
available as an option, above 2000 mm in diameter.

The surface of the wheel/rotor should be highly polished to ensure that the vertical run out
does not exceed ± 1 mm for every 1 meter diameter, thereby ensuring, negligible leakage, if
labyrinth non contact seals are provided, and minimal drag, if contact wiper seals are
provided.

The radial run out also shall not exceed ± 1 mm for every 1 meter diameter, thereby
minimising the leakage/drag on the radial seals, and minimize the fluctuation in the tension
of the drive belt.

The number of wraps (of alternative corrugated and flat foil) for every inch of rotor radii
shall be very consistent so as to ensure uniform air flow and performance over the entire face
in the air stream. Flute height and pitch will be consistent to a very tight tolerance to ensure
uniform pressure drop and uniform airflows across the rotor face.

The rotor shall be non clogging aluminum media, having a multitude of narrow aluminum
foil channels, thus ensuring a laminar flow, and will allow particles upto 800 microns to pass
through it.

The media shall be cleanable with compressed air, or low pressure steam or light detergent,
without degrading the latent recovery.

The Cassette / Casing

Saha & Associates 89 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The recovery wheel cassette/casing shall be manufactured from tubular structure to provide a
self supporting rigid structure, complete with access panels, purge sector, rotor, bearings,
seals, drive mechanism complete with belt.

The rotor/wheel should have a field adjustable purge mechanism to provide definite
separation of airflow minimizing the carryover of bacteria, dust and other pollutants, from the
exhaust air to the supply air. It shall be possible, with proper adjustment, to limit cross
contamination of that of the exhaust air concentration.

Filters

Each TFA unit shall be provided with pre-filter section, fine filter section and carbon filter
section complete with respective filters having specifications as elaborated in sub head
“filters”

Performance Data

Treated Fresh Air Units shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level. Technical
submittal of TFA units shall be prepared for Consultants approval prior to procurement as
mentioned under Special Conditions. Fan performance rating and power consumption
characteristics shall be submitted and verified at the time of testing and commissioning of
the entire installation.
Testing

Cooling/heating capacity of various treated fresh air unit models shall be computed from the
measurements of air flow and dry and wet bulb temperatures of air entering and leaving the
HRW. Air flow measurements shall be carried out by an anemometer and temperature
measurements by accurately calibrated thermometers. Computed results shall conform to the
specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power consumption shall be computed from
measurements of incoming voltage and input current.

18. HRV

Heat Reclaim Ventilation Unit.

In order to achieve the purpose of better indoor air quality, the Heat Reclaim ventilation
(HRV) unit must exchange the heat between supplied fresh air and exhausted air in order to
bring the outside air closer to indoor temperature and humidity conditions. Thus it must
recover the thermal energy of exhaust air and reuse it for supplied fresh air. This must lead to
ventilation without increasing the load and thus saving in running cost.

It shall be possible to interlock this HRV system with operation of VRV system to simplify
installation and improving the efficiency of air-conditioning. It shall be possible to set
automatic ventilation mode so that heat exchange mode and ventilation mode can be
automatically selected to enhance energy conservation.

Saha & Associates 90 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The casing of the HRV unit shall be made of galvanized steel plate, insulation with self
extinguishable polyurethane foam. The HRV must have air filters of multi directional fibrous
fleeces type.

The heat exchanger element must be designed without any moving parts for higher durability
and reliability, It should have high permeability high efficiency specially processed paper
which is flame retardant and fungi proof to keep air clean.

The unit must be provided with built in multi directional fibrous filter.

The unit must have optimized design of fan and air flow passage to make it compact and
supply air & exhaust air passage must be arranged in such pattern so as to prevent mixing of
supply (fresh) and exhaust air.

The unit must be suitable for single phase power supply and have their control panel.

19. REME/PHI CELLS (PHOTO HYDRO IONIZATION)

Scope :

The scope of this section comprises supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Photo
Hydro Ionization Cells (PHI Cells) conforming to these specifications and in accordance with
the requirement of drawings and schedule of quantities.

Description :

PHI cells to be installed in the supply air stream in accordance with the selection chart in
respect to each application so that 100 percent of the conditioned space is taken care of
Microbial contamination (bacteria, virus and spores) and Gaseous contamination (VOCs &
Odors). Load factor sheet and calculation to be submitted.

PHI System with Advanced Oxidation System, micro-organisms can be reduced by over 99%.
Gases, VOCs, and odors can also be reduced significantly. Charged Advanced Oxidation
Plasma will be carried through-out for a continuous purification process and a quick kill of
newly introduced odors or microbials.

The process produces a charged plasma of hydro-peroxides, super oxide ions and hydroxides
to purify the air. With the RGF HVAC-PHI Cell Advanced Oxidation System, micro-
organisms can be reduced up to 99.99%. Gases, VOCs and odors can also be reduced
significantly, and the room will have hydro-peroxides, super oxide ion and hydroxides which
will help give your room fresh, clean and odor free air.

PHI cells to be installed in air duct supporting a longitudinal/transverse/parallel air flow

depending upon the requirement and easy accessibility. Air flow direction should be toward
UV lamp assembly.

Lamp should be of cylindrical shape. Overall Diameter & ballast diameter of the equipment
shall not be more than 4 inches & 5.5 inches respectively. The components including Ballast,
Wire Sets connecting Air Purifier, Lamp/ Lamp Holder, Bushing and Power cord of the
Saha & Associates 91 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

equipment shall be conform to UL935, UL542, UL635, UL817, CSA, CE, EU and TUV
certified. The length of UV lamp shall not be greater than 14 inch, however length
selection should be per duct piece in which is to be installed.

There will be one ballast, an indicator for each lamp that will show whether the PHI Cell is
ON/OFF. The unit is designed to run 24x7.

All relevant certifications to be submitted along with the technical data sheet.

The ballasts will be instant start, solid state electronic type, 220V/50 Hz.

UV Lamp :

Broad Spectrum range of UV light should be 100-380 NM UV Light.

There should be Proprietary Protective Covering (PPC) on the UV light to protect against any
accidental spill of mercury in HVAC duct.

The PHI technology shall feature a broad spectrum UV light and a quad metallic target
(copper, silver, rhodium and titanium) that combine to generate nature’s friendly oxidizers:
Hydroxides, Hydro peroxides and Super oxide ions.

Hydrogen peroxides (H2O2) released by PHI Cells should be effective in breaking down
airborne and surface borne microbes, odor, VOCs and shall not exceed 0.02ppm.

Life :

Life of lamp shall not be less than 23000 hours or 2 year.

Selection :

The detailed selection chart vis-à-vis each application and CFM shall be submitted for
approval, indicating model number and number of units for each CFM.

Power Consumption :

Power Consumption of the cells should be in range of 10-35Watt.

Certification :

Conform to UL935, UL542, UL635, UL817, CSA, CE, EU and TUV certified. Certifications
to be submitted along with the technical and load selection sheet.

20. CENTRAL AIR CLEANER

Central Air Cleaner shall be proposed to purify both Indoor & Outdoor air of the premises.

The Central Air Cleaner (CAC) shall be a hybrid air purification system that improves the indoor air
quality through reducing harmful pollutants like particulate matter (PMx), PM 2.5, allergens, pollen,
Saha & Associates 92 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

smoke, bacteria, pathogens based on trap & kill technology, etc. It would be a monobloc structural
specifically designed for integration in Return Air path to AHUs, to centrally capture and kill germs.

Parameters of central Air Cleaner shall be as follows :

i. Efficiency – CAC shall be designed to reduce 99.97% of the airborne particles down to 0.3 microns
in a re-circulating system, equivalent to H13 efficiency.

ii. Inclusion of activated carbon filter – To remove TVOCs & CO.

iii. Pressure Drop – 50mmWG for Standard Electronic Filter + 30mmWG for Activated carbon filter.

iv. Working Principal - Impingement, Polarization, Agglomeration. The unit shall have an active
polarizer grid which shall polarize the particles continuously.

v. Maintenance type – Filters shall be washable.

vi. Clogging Indicator light should be there to indicate clogging of filter.

vii. Power Requirement – 220V AC /50Hz power supply

viii. Life of Filters – Minimum 7 years without any consumable parts for Electronic filter. For Carbon
filters replacement life shall be as per actual site conditions.

Space Requirement :

Central Air Cleaner shall be installed in Return air passage behind AHUs.

170mm Space would be required behind AHUs cooling Coil to install these filters.

21. AIR COOLED SCROLL CHILLERS/HEAT PUMPS

Scope

The scope shall be supply, installation, testing and commissioning of air cooled type
scroll chillers conforming to these specifications and meeting all design parameters as
mentioned in the “ Bill of Quantities”. Chiller units shall be a standard product, however all
these specifications shall fully comply.

Chiller units shall be factory assembled and tested for rated efficiency comprising of scroll
compressors, squirrel cage induction motor, starter, air cooled condensers, shell & tube type
cooler, copper refrigerant piping, microprocessor based control panel, wiring and automatic
controls all mounted on a steel base frame forming a compact assembly. The water chilling
machine shall be complete with full charge of refrigerant gas & oil, vibration isolation pads
and all accessories as required.

Units shall be factory finished with paint as per manufacturer’s standard. However, shop
coats of paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off with

Saha & Associates 93 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

mineral spirit, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with
enamel paint to match the finish over the adjoining shop painted surfaces.

Capacity

The refrigeration capacity of air cooled scroll chillers shall be as mentioned in the “Bill of
Quantities” and as reflected on the drawings.

Compressor

Chiller packages shall be provided with Imported Copeland Hermetic Scroll compressors.
The compressor shall be hermetically sealed having an integral cast iron frame & cast iron
scrolls with a sight glass & an oil adjustment port. The compressor shall be internally
lubricated with a highly refined, low foaming, white mineral oil and should be provided with
a crankcase heater. The compressor motor would be hermetic, refrigerant gas cooled with
inherent all phase protection and Electric motor shall be suitable for 415+ 10% volts, 3
phase, 50 cycles AC supply. Motor shall be screen protected drip proof squirrel cage
induction type, designed and guaranteed for continuous operation at name plate rating
and motor to be suitable for the refrigerant being used. Temperature sensor shall be provided
in motor winding to protect the motor for high temperature rise. The compressor shall be
suitable for R-134a/R-410A refrigerant

The tenderer should also indicate IKW/TR for part load conditions of 25% and 50% under
operating conditions.

Capacity Modulation

Multiple compressors shall be used in each chiller with independent refrigerant circuits.
During part load conditions the microprocessor shall ensure that only the required number
of compressor operates to meet the said requirement thus saving electrical energy.

Coolers

Coolers shall be shell and tube and multi-pass type. Tubes shall be of 19mm O.D. with
tube thickness of 20 gauge copper prime surface or with integral fins and rolled into tube
supporting sheets and tube sheets. In either cases, tubes shall be removable without affecting
the strength and durability of the support and tube sheets or causing any leakage in the
adjacent tube. Tubes shall be adequately supported at a distance not exceeding 1M to
prevent vibration. Chillers shall be manufactured to ASME Codes for unfired pressure
vessels and designed for refrigerant side working pressure of 16 Kg/Sq.cm and water side
working pressure of 12 Kg/Sq.cm. However, chillers shall be Hydraulically tested for
pressure of 30 Kg/Sq.cm on refrigerant side and 21 Kg/Sq.cm on water side. Coolers shall
be factory insulated using closed cell elastomeric insulation of thickness not less than 25mm
and having necessary treatment towards exposure to atmosphere.

Coolers shall be complete with the following accessories :

a. Electronic Expansion valves, pilot solenoid valves and filter drier.
b. Necessary drain valves and vent.
c. Anti freeze thermostat.
Saha & Associates 94 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

d. Other standard accessories, necessary for the equipment supplied.

Condensers

Condensers shall be air cooled type of copper tube and copper fins construction. Copper
tube dia shall be 9.5mm. Condenser shall be manufactured to ASME codes for unfired
pressure vessels and designed for refrigerant working pressure of 450 psig. Condenser shall
be complete with provisions for refrigerant piping connections, shut off valves and any other
standard accessory necessary with the equipment supplied. In case of twin compressor
system two independent sets of condenser coils shall be incorporated.

Condenser fan shall be direct driven propeller type suitable for operation on 415+ 10% V, 3
phase, 50Hz AC supply. The condenser fan motor shall be suitable for outdoor installation
with IP-55 protection.

Microprocessor Control Panels

The chiller shall be provided with a factory installed and wired micro processor based
control panel. The control panel shall be provided with necessary TPN isolator for
termination of incoming power cable (power cable shall be provided by other agencies).

All controls shall be mounted in an attractively styled panel, the control system shall
automatically control the operation of the unit from the time the unit is started, through the
operating period, until the unit is stopped. The internal components shall be arranged
for easy access. The panel shall incorporate necessary interlocking between various
equipment as required.

The motor control centre should include safety devices to protect the unit from mal functions.
These controls should shut down the unit and signal the operator with their respective red neon
lights. The protective controls shall be as listed hereunder :

i. High condenser pressure cutout.

ii. Low oil pressure cutout.
iii. High oil temperature cutout.
iv. High discharge temperature cutout.
v. Solid state motor over current cutout.
vi. Solid state low evaporator temperature control.

The operating controls and circuit shall have neon lights that would transmit signal the
operator of certain units operating conditions. These controls shall be as follows :

i. Compressor "START-STOP" switch with "system run" light.

ii. Anti recycle timer which provides a 30 second time delay between starts and its
signal light.
iii. Low chilled water temperature cutout with an automatic reset.
iv. Other controls as required.
v. The chiller shall be BMS compatible. The control panel shall incorporate hardware
cards/ control units for complete integration of chillers to building automation system.

Saha & Associates 95 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Chiller will incorporate Bacnet/Mod-bus interface card and Plant Manager as per
system requirement.

Installation

The air cooled chiller package housing compressor, chiller and condensers shall be mounted
on a suitable foundation which shall be prepared by the Owner. The Contractor shall supply
foundation bolts, nuts, washers, leveling screws, mounting frame or base plate , vibration
isolation pads etc. and it shall be his responsibility to see that all the above items are
properly and accurately placed in position while the foundation is cast. The contractor shall
supply the required quantity of refrigerant, lubricant and other consumables for testing and
commissioning the equipment.

After erection, the unit shall be properly leveled before grouting the foundation bolts and the
levels should be shown to the Consultants. All the equipment shall be thoroughly tested
and checked for leaks. The refrigeration system shall be vaccumized to within 7.6mm Hg
Absolute and maintained for four hours. At the end of this period the pumps shall be
stopped and vacuum maintained for twenty four hours without exceeding a vaccum drop
of 2.5mm Hg Absolute . The Contractor shall certify that the vaccum was maintained as
specified above.

All safety controls, low and high refrigerant pressure controls, starter, overload trips shall
be suitably set and record of all the setting shall be furnished to the Consultants.

Testing

Equipment capacity in tons of refrigeration shall be computed from the temperature readings
and water flow measurements. Flow measurements shall be preferably through flow
meters. Computed results should tally with the specified capacities and the power
consumption should tally with the figures furnished with the tender.

All instruments, services needed for the tests required for computation of capacity and
power consumption shall be furnished by the Contractor themselves.

************************

Saha & Associates 96 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

B. “SPECIFICATIONS - VENTILATION FANS"

1. CENTRIFUGAL FANS

1.1 Centrifugal fans shall be of approved make DIDW or SISW of specified arrangement
complete with inspection door, squirrel-cage induction motor, V belt drive, belt guard
and vibration isolators etc. Type, direction of discharge / rotation, and motor position
shall be as per the Approved for Construction shop drawings.

1.2 Fans, Aerofoil, forward or backward curved, SISW or DIDW shall be licensed to bear
the AMCA Air and Sound Certified Ratings Seal. The test standard used shall be
ANSI/AMCA 210-85, ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 51-1985 “Laboratory Method of
Testing Fans for Rating” and AMCA 300 “Reverberant Room Method for Sound
Testing of fans”.

1.3 All fans shall be dynamically trim-balanced to ISO1940 and AMCA 204/3 - G2.5
quality grade after assembly. A computer printout with vibration spectrum analysis
shall be attached to the fans.

1.4 All fans shall be oven-baked with polyester coating for minimum thickness of 60
microns unless the housing scroll and side frame is constructed from galvanized steel
sheet (GSS) .Fan should be of G.S.S. , the Steel sheet should be JFE Galvazinc
(Base metal cold rolled), JIS G3302, SGCC with Z22 (minimum coating weight on
both sides @ 220 g/m2) zinc coating & Zero Spangle, skin passed, chromated and dry.

1.5 Fans housing shall be of an appropriate thickness to prevent vibration and drumming
and in no case the housing shall be constructed less than 14 Gauge sheet steel and all
parts shall be bonderized and then coated with primer finish of approved colour. The
fan scroll shall be attached to the side plate by means of continuous lock seam or
welded scam. 18 gauge galvanized wire mesh inlet guards of 5 cm sieves shall be
provided on both inlets. Housing shall be provided with standard cleanout and door
with quick locking tension handles and neoprene gasket. Rotation arrow shall be
clearly marked on the housing.

The wheel and inlet cone shall be aerodynamically designed and constructed to
provide maximum performance and efficiency as published by the manufacturer.

1.6 Fans must be physically capable of operating safely at every point of rating at or below
the “minimum performance” limit for that class as defined in AMCA standard 99-
2408- 69 “Performance Class of Operating Limits for Centrifugal Fans”.

1.7 Shafts sizes shall be carefully calculated and designed such that the maximum
operating speed (RPM) shall not exceed 75% of the first critical speed. For any
application that is not a standard product from catalogue of the fan manufacturer
detailed calculation of critical speed characteristic shall be submitted for approval.

1.8 Shafts shall be constructed out of carbon steel (C45) machined and polished to
tolerance of standard ISO 286-2 - grade g6. Protective coat of anti-rusting shall be
applied to all bare surfaces of the shafts at the factory.
Saha & Associates 97 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1.9 Bearings shall be of self-alignment (concentric) type with adaptor sleeve bearing.
Bearings of eccentric locking collar with grub screw type are not acceptable. Bearing
shall be maintenance free with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearing type. Bearing
life shall be at least 75,000 hours based on basic rating life, L10 of ISO 281 standard.
Calculation sheet of Bearing Life shall be submitted for approval.

1.10 Motor installed shall be of a minimum 130% of the fan power absorbed (Brake
horsepower) and shall have sufficient torque available for starting and continuous
operation. Motor shall be suitable for 415 + 10% volts, 50 Hz, 3 phase power supply.

1.11 Belts and pulleys shall be sized for a minimum 150% of the installed motor horsepower.
The belt speed shall not exceed 30m/s. The pulley shall be of Taper Lock SPZ, SPA,
SPB or SPC type. Conventional type of pulley is not acceptable. Both fan and motor
pulley shall be balanced to the quality grade G.2.5.

1.12 Fan outlet velocity shall not exceed 2000 FPM (10.16 MPS) and maximum fan speed
shall be 1000 RPM. Fan wheel and housing shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
Necessary documents establishing Dynamic balancing carried out at factory shall be
provided with the consignment.

1.13 Computer printout on fan performance rating corresponding to the AMCA licensed
data, with corrected rating for altitude and temperature, fan operating speed, bearing
life, etc. shall be submitted for approval.

1.14 For Air washer Application, fans should be provided with coat of Pure polyester
powder coating. Fans should have Inspection door & Drain plug.

2. Propeller Type Fans :

The propeller type fans shall be used for exhaust air or for fresh air supply as shown on the
drawings having following constructional features :

a. Fans shall be of ring mounted type having steel hub and MS blade, mounted directly
on the shaft of a totally enclosed motor Bearings shall be maintenance free
permanently lubricated type.

b. The fan blades shall be constructed out of pressed steel in aerofoil design to achieve
high efficiency. The mounting frame shall be of cast/sheet steel with steel brackets to
connect the frame with the fan/motor assembly.

c. Rubber mounts shall be provided between the mounting frame and the mounting
brackets. The fan shall be direct driven type and motor shall either be capacitor start –
run or three phase squirrel cage induction type totally enclosed.

d. The fan shall be fitted with gravity type louvers. The speed of fan shall be as
mentioned in “Bill of Quantities” and drawings.

Saha & Associates 98 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

e. All the fans shall be tested for performance and the following test results shall be
furnished :

i. Air flow rate in C.F.M.

ii. Static pressure at the fan supply end.

3. Inline Fans :

The inline fans shall be used for exhaust air or for fresh air supply as shown on the drawings
having following constructional features :

a. The casing shall be constructed out of hot rolled heavy gauge GSS metal epoxy
coated embodied with required inspection doors.

b. Fan shall be direct driven SISW forward or backward curved centrifugal type. Material
of construction for impeller shall GSS. Fan wheel shall be statically and dynamically
balanced.
c. The bearing shall be completely maintenance free and can be used in any
mounting position, at maximum indicated temperature.

d. Motor shall be total enclosed external rotor type and suitable for operation on
415+10% volts,3phase or 220+6% volts,1 phase , 50Hz AC power supply.

e. Single phase inline fans shall be provided with factory fitted speed regulators and
three phase inline fans shall be provided with GI dampers.

f. All the fans shall be tested for performance and the following test results shall be
furnished :

i. Air flow rate in C.F.M.

ii. Static pressure at the fan supply end.

4. AXIAL FLOW FANS (DIRECT DRIVE)

4.1 Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Air and Sound Certified Ratings Seal. The test
standard used shall be ANSI/AMCA 210-85, ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 51-1985
“Laboratory Method of Testing Fans for Rating” and AMCA 300 “Reverberant Room
Method for Sound Testing of fans”.

4.2 To achieve the minimum and equal clearance between the blade tips and casing, tube
casing shall maintain its roundness by means of using one piece of sheet metal with 90
edge flanging up.

4.3 All fans shall be oven-baked with polyester coating for minimum thickness of 60
microns or hot dip galvanized or Casing shall be constructed out of heavy gauge sheet
steel. Fan casing, motor mount and straightening vane shall be of welded steel
construction. Motor mounting plate shall be minimum 20 mm thick and machined to
receive motor flange. Casing shall be provided with wide hinged door which opens

Saha & Associates 99 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

easily for removal of wheel, shaft and bearings. A small inspection door with handle
and neoprene gasket shall also be provided.

Casing shall have flanged connection on both ends for ducted applications.

Support brackets for ceiling suspension shall be welded to the casing for connection
to hanger bolts. Straightening vanes shall be aerodynamically designed for
maximum efficiency by converting velocity pressure to static pressure potential and
minimizing turbulence. Casing shall be bonderized, primed and finish coated with
enamel paint.

4.4 Fan motor base support shall be properly secured (locked and sealed) to the fan housing
and be of adjustable type to have precise control of motor shaft central position as well
as running clearance between blade tips and casing. Motor (KW/HP) shall be able to be
changed or upgraded at site without changing fan housing or ducting construction.

4.5 Fans supplied shall be complete with factory fabricated mounting bracket (ceiling or foot
mounted) and suction/discharge matching flanges as accessories.

4.6 All hubs shall be cast Aluminum alloy (Grade LM2) unless for Smoke Extractor Fans
where high temperature (250C/2Hrs) air is expected then Aluminum alloy or steel fan
impeller blades are required.

4.7 Running clearance between blade tips and casing shall not exceed 1% of the impeller
diameter and 2% for smoke spill high temperature fan where mechanical expansion
coefficient is different from normal ambient temperature. Fan manufacturer shall
provide the fan assembled with the dame clearance between blade tips and casing of the
tested prototype. Note that the air performance and pressure loss are greatly affected by
this clearance.

4.8 Impellers shall be secured to the drive shaft by a key and keyway. Axial location shall be
provided by a collar or shoulder on the drive shaft together with a retaining washer and
screw fitted into a tapped hole at the end of the shaft and locked in position. Blades shall
be secured in place to the angle setting by setscrews, locking nuts or setting pins.

4.9 Fan motor shall be totally enclosed and external terminal box of at least IP55 shall be
provided. Motor efficiency shall be minimum confirming specifications as described in
ECBC-2007. Motor shall be suitable for 415 + 10% volts, 50 Hz, 3 phase power supply,
provided with class B, class F or class H insulation as mentioned in the BOQ. Motor
name plate horse power shall exceed brake horse power by a minimum of 10%. Motor
shall be specially designed for quiet operation.

4.10 Fans speed shall not exceed 1500 RPM.

4.11 All fans after assembly shall be dynamically trim-balanced to ISO1940 and AMCA
204/3 - G2.5 quality grade. A computer printout with vibration spectrum analysis shall
be attached to the fans.

Saha & Associates 100 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

4.12 The assembly of fan and motor shall be suspended from the ceiling by vibration
isolation suspension of rubber in shear type of approved make or as
recommended by the manufacture.

Accessories :

The following accessories shall be provided with all fans.

i. Outlet cone for static pressure regain.

ii. Inlet cone.

Fan silencers may be provided where specifically called for in Schedule of Quantities.

Fans shall be factory assembled and shipped with all accessories factory mounted.

5. VANE AXIAL FLOW FANS (DIRECT DRIVE)

5.1 Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Air and Sound Certified Ratings Seal. The test
standard used shall be ANSI/AMCA 210-85, ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 51-1985
“Laboratory Method of Testing Fans for Rating” and AMCA 300 “Reverberant Room
Method for Sound Testing of fans”.

5.2 To achieve the minimum and equal clearance between the blade tips and casing, tube
casing shall maintain its roundness by means of using one piece of sheet metal with 90
edge flanging up with Fixed Guide Vanes.

5.3 Fan Casing should be provided with Special Designed Integral Straightening Vanes to
reduced turbulence provide high performance & low noise level.

5.4 All fans shall be oven-baked with polyester coating for minimum thickness of 60
microns or hot dip galvanized or Casing shall be constructed out of heavy gauge
sheet steel. Fan casing, motor mount and straightening vane shall be of
welded steel construction. Motor mounting plate shall be minimum 20 mm thick and
machined to receive motor flange. Casing shall be provided with wide hinged
door which opens easily for removal of wheel, shaft and bearings. A small inspection
door with handle and neoprene gasket shall also be provided.

Casing shall have flanged connection on both ends for ducted applications.

Support brackets for ceiling suspension shall be welded to the casing for
connection to hanger bolts. Straightening vanes shall be aerodynamically
designed for maximum efficiency by converting velocity pressure to static pressure
potential and minimizing turbulence. Casing shall be bonderized, primed and finish
coated with enamel paint.

5.5 Fan motor base support shall be properly secured (locked and sealed) to the fan housing
and be of adjustable type to have precise control of motor shaft central position as well
as running clearance between blade tips and casing. Motor (KW/HP) shall be able to be
changed or upgraded at site without changing fan housing or ducting construction.
Saha & Associates 101 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Motor shall be suitable for 415 + 10% volts, 50 Hz, 3 phase power supply, provided
with class B, class F or class H insulation as mentioned in the BOQ. Motor name plate
horse power shall exceed brake horse power by a minimum of 10% . Motor shall be
specially designed for quiet operation.

5.6 Fans supplied shall be complete with factory fabricated mounting bracket (ceiling or
foot mounted) and suction/discharge matching flanges as accessories.

5.7 All hubs shall be cast Aluminum alloy (Grade LM2) unless for Smoke Extractor Fans
where high temperature (250C/2Hrs) air is expected then Aluminum alloy or steel fan
impeller blades are required.

5.8 Impellers shall be secured to the drive shaft by a key and keyway. Axial location shall
be provided by a collar or shoulder on the drive shaft together with a retaining washer
and screw fitted into a tapped hole at the end of the shaft and locked in position. Blades
shall be secured in place to the angle setting by setscrews, locking nuts or setting pins.

5.9 Fans speed shall not exceed 1500 RPM.

5.10 All fans after assembly shall be dynamically trim-balanced to ISO1940 and AMCA 204/3
- G2.5 quality grade. A computer printout with vibration spectrum analysis shall be
attached to the fans.

The Fan should be AMCA Certified for Air & Sound Performance.

5.11 The assembly of fan and motor shall be suspended from the ceiling by vibration isolation
suspension of rubber in shear type of approved make or as recommended by the
manufacture.

6. SISW TYPE SMOKE SPILL FANS

6.1 The fan should be SISW type with Backward curved impeller. Motor should be
outside the airflow path.

6.2 The fan should be tested in the recognized third party laboratory for high temperature
and should be suitable for the minimum fire rating of 250 deg C for at least 2 Hours.

6.3 If required, the manufacturer should be able to demonstrate the fire rating testing in the
laboratory.

6.4 Fan should be of G.S.S., the Steel sheet should be JFE Galva zinc (Base metal cold
rolled), JIS G3302, SGCC with Z22 (minimum coating weight on both sides @ 220
g/m2) zinc coating & Zero Spangle, skinpassed, chromated and dry as described
above.

6.5 The air and sound performance of the SISW fan should be AMCA (Air Movement and
Control Association INC, USA) certified.

Saha & Associates 102 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

6.6 Where ever the fan installation is exposed to open atmosphere, the fans should be
coated with PR 12 polyster powder for better corrosion resistance.

6.7 The shaft should be of stepped type with material MOC of C-45 carbon steel. The
shaft critical speed calculation has to be submitted along with the Technical
submittal.

6.8 The overall vibration of the fan should be as per G2.5 level I accordance with
AMCA 204/3 standard.

6.9 The vibration Test Certificate should be supplied along with the fan.

************************

Saha & Associates 103 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

C. “SPECIFICATIONS - PIPING”

1. General :

a. The scope under this section covers supply, laying , erection, testing and
commissioning of pipes, pipe fittings and associated valves conforming to these
specifications and the general arrangements shown on the drawings.

b. All piping including pipe fittings and valves shall follow the relevant Indian standards.

2. Chilled Water and Condenser Water Piping

a. All chilled water/condenser water pipes and all fittings shall be MS heavy class (M S
Class ‘C’) conforming to latest relevant BIS Codes including IS 1239-1990 & 1992 .All
pipe joints shall generally be welded type ,unless & until mentioned otherwise. Entire
welding work shall be carried out by qualified welders forming proper V-grooves prior to
doing welding work and shall strictly conform to latest relevant BIS Codes of practice for
manual metalarc, welding of Mild Steel.

Piping material shall conform to the following :

Pipe Size Material Joints & Fittings Sealing Material

Upto 40mm M S tube (i) Screwed/Welded i) Non-hardening

fittings
Heavy Class (ii) Unions (ii) Lubricant

IS : 1239/ 1964 (iii) Slip-on flanges (iii) 3 mm, 3 ply

rubber insertion.

50mm to M S tube (i) Welded fittings ------

150mm
Heavy Class (ii) Slip-on flanges ------

IS : 1239/ 1964 (iii) Screwed flanges 3 mm, 3 ply

for (GI Pipes) rubber insertion.

200mm to ERW (i) Welded ------

300mm
Welded pipes (ii) Slip-on flanges 3 mm, 3 ply
rubber insertion.

IS : 3589/ 1966
(6mm thick)
350mm and ERW (i) Welded ------
over
Welded pipes (ii) Slip-on flanges 6 mm, 3 ply
rubber insertion.
Saha & Associates 104 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Pipe Size Material Joints & Fittings Sealing Material

IS : 3589/ 1966
Thickness of Wall

350mm to 400mm dia 8 mm

450mm to 900mm dia 8 mm

1000 mm to 1200mm dia 10 mm

b. All pipes as well as steel supports shall be thoroughly cleaned and given one primary coat
of red- oxide paint (non insulated pipes only) before being installed. All welded piping shall
be subject to the approval at site by Engineer-in-Charge/Consultants. Pipes shall be sloping
towards drain points.

c. Fitting shall be malleable casting of pressure rating suitable for the piping system. fittings
used on welded piping shall be of the weldable type. Fittings shall be new and from reputed
manufacturers. Flanges shall be new and from standard manufacturers. Supply of flanges
shall include bolts, washers gaskets, etc., as required.

d. Tee-off connections shall be through equal or reducing tees wherever possible, otherwise
ferrules welded to the main pipe shall be used. Drilling & tapping of the wall of the main
pipe shall not be resorted to.

e. All equipment and valve connections shall be through flanges (welded or screwed for
galvanized steel). Sufficient number of flanges and unions shall be provided.

3. Valves and Strainers :

3.1 Gate & Butterfly Valves :

Gate Valves and Wafer type Butterfly Valves as per system requirement and as reflected on
approved for construction shop drawings, conforming to the following specifications shall be
provided .

S.No Size Construction Ends Type

01. Upto 40mm Gun Metal Screwed Gate

02. 50mm Body: Cast Iron conforming to Wafer Butterfly
and above IS 210 Gr. FG 260/CG -25

Disc : ASTM A217 GR. CA-15

(SS-410)

Disc Coating : Integral

Saha & Associates 105 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Stem : SS –410

Body Liner (Seal) : EPDM

(Temp. Range 40C to 120C)

Pressure Rating PN 10/PN 16

Type and requirements shall be as indicated in schedule of Quantities. Valves shall have non-
rising spindles unless specified otherwise and shall be suitable for not less than 10 Kg/Sqcm
working pressure and 21 Kg./Sq.cm test pressure. Tail piece shell be used where required.

Butterfly valves shall perform as isolation valves. Butterfly valves shall conform to
BS : 5155, IS 13095, MSS SP 67 & API 609 and designed to fit without gaskets between
mating flanges. The valves shall be suitable for flow in either direction and seal in both
directions. The valve shall be of integral molded design. Butterfly valves upto 200mm shall be
hand lever operated and above 200mm gear operated.

3.2 Balancing Valves :

Balancing valves shall be provided at Chiller, Condenser and each AHU outlet line as indicated
in Schedule of Quantities. These Valves shall have built-in pressure-drop measuring facility to
compute flow rate across the valve. The test cocks shall be long enough to protrude out of pipe
insulation. To measuring flow rate, differential pressure will be measured with calibrated
instruments – Digital or Manometer. Balancing Tools shall have a program to provide the
following functions :

a.       To balance the HVAC installation and calculate the necessary valve settings based on
the systems data as observed prior to balancing exercise.

  b.        To log measured values from a valve (differential pressure and flow rate)

  c.         To store the results of balancing

d.         To printout saved data in computerized measurement protocol (CMP) consisting of :

i. Name and size of Balancing Valves

ii. Presetting position of Balancing Valves

iii. Design Flow for each Balancing Valves

iv. Flow at Balancing Valves

Flow ratio pre-balancing based on Actual Flow / Design

Flow Ratio post-balancing and Actual Flow

Saha & Associates 106 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The Balancing Valves of size 15mm to 80mm dia shall be of gun metal construction
with screwed ends. Whereas valves of size 80mm to 300mm shall be of cast iron
construction.

All Valves shall be tested for flow vs. pressure drop with + 5% accuracy and data be
furnished as part of Test Certificates.

Balancing of the Water System :

The balancing of water system is to be done by a third party or the balancing valves supplier
as approved by the consultants with the help of a Software-package, if specifically asked for
in the BOQ, digital differential pressure measuring instrument or Manometer.

A balanced flow condition in a system is when the total flow is distributed amongst the
terminal units (AHUs etc) in equal proportion to the design flow so that a single point
regulation from the supply point (Pump etc) can correct the flow through all the terminal
units still in balanced manner.

3.3 Non Return Valves :

Non return valves shall be dual plate check valve provided as shown on the approved shop
drawings, conforming to relevant Codes and in accordance with the following Specifications:
S.No Size Construction Ends

01. 50mm to 150mm Body : Cast Iron Flanged

Plates : Gun Metal
02. 200mm and above Body : Cast Iron Flanged
Plates : Carbon steel with 13% chrome
overlay

The spring and hinge/ stop pin shall be in SS 304 construction and bearing PTFE material.

Wafer type spring loaded check valves shall normally be used in all water services. Lift type
valves may be used in horizontal runs. Air release and clean out plugs shall be provided and
valves shall be suitable for not less than 10 Kg/Sqcm working pressure and 21 Kg./Sq.cm test
pressure.

3.4 Strainers :

Strainers shall be ‘Y’ type, or pot type as shown on the Drawings and mentioned in schedule
of quantities, with C I / fabricated MS bodies designed for the test pressure specified for the
butterfly valves. Strainers shall have bronze/brass screen with 3 mm perforations and a
permanent magnet. Screen shall be removable and replaceable without disconnection of the
main pipes. Strainers shall be provided with flanges or threaded sockets as required. The
strainers shall be designed so as to enable blowing out accumulated dirt and facilitate removal
and replacement of screen without disconnection of the main pipe. All strainers shall be
provided with equal size isolating gate valves with rising spindles so that the strainer may be
cleaned without draining the system. Strainers shall be provided on the suction side of each

Saha & Associates 107 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

pump; and inlet side of heat exchanger equipment wherever shown in the drawings. Generally
for 50mm pipe size 300mm dia pot,for 80mm pipe size 350mm dia pot, for 100mm pipe size
450mm dia pot, for 125mm pipe size 500mm dia pot, for 150mm pipe size 550mm dia pot, for
200mm pipe size 600mm dia pot, for 250mm pipe size 800mm dia pot shall be used.

Stainless steel basket shall be supported on brass disc mounted on solid brass blocks. Each pot
strainer shall be provided with manufacture’s test certificate.

3.5 Pressure Independent Control Valves (PICVs)

Pressure independent control valves are to be used on each FCU, AHU/ FAHU and chillers circuit.
No valves are to be mounted on the main, raisers or branches. All material is to be suitable for
minimum PN25.

Inserts are not to be mounted during flushing of the system, where either a by-pass or blind caps are
required.

Pressure Independent Control Valves 15-50mm; shall the valve meet the specified flow within
either +/- 10 % or +/- 5% of the maximum insert flow rate. Valve should have 100% authority and
should be provided with spring loaded rolling diaphragm for true pressure independent function
within prescribed differential pressure range. Valves shall contain replaceable (upto DN 32), visible
insert that are externally field adjustable to no less than 41 different settings. The actual setting and
thereby flow rate needs to be available from the outside by looking at the insert itself. The relations
between the setting and the flow rate shall be available in the supplier’s literature. The insert (flow
regulation unit) shall be available in at least three pressure ranges, ranging between 16-400 kPaD.
Larger ranges then mentioned is accepted, but not lower ranges. The specific range is selected based
upon the system requirements.

Valves combining electronic, dynamic balancing, modulating, 2-way, pressure independent control
provided with pressure/ temperature plugs; are accepted in principle, when above criteria’s is
fulfilled.

Valve Actuator
1. Valve actuator housing shall be rated to atleastIP54.
2. Actuator shall be driven by a 24V AC/DC power supply, and shall accept 0(2)-10V
DCmodulating control signal.
3. Feedback signal 0(2)-10V DC to the control system shall be standard.
4. Actuator shall use full span and provide full authority.
5. Manual override should be possible through actuator adaptor.
6. Actuator should have visible indication of stroke position.

Valve Housing
1. Valve housing shall consist of forged brass ASTM CuZn40Pb2upto 32 mm and above 32 mm
Ductile Iron ASTM A395 Grade 60-40-18, rated at no less than 2500 KPa static pressure at
+120ºC.
2. Pressure/ temperature test plugs for verifying accuracy of flow performance shall be available
for all valve sizes.

Flow Regulation Unit

Saha & Associates 108 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1. Flow regulation unit shall consist of glass-reinforced PSU/POM/PPS with an EPDM

diaphragm (20mm insert) or a hydrogenated acrylonitrile-butadiene-rubber (40mm insert and
above).
2. Flow regulation unit shall be readily accessible, for change-out or maintenance (Upto DN32).
3. Flow regulation unit shall be externally adjustable to 1 to 41 different flow rates; minimum
range shall be capable of being activated by minimum 16 Kpa operation ranges; shall be
capable of controlling the flow within +/-10% of rated flow or +/-5% of maximum flow.

Pressure Independent Control Valves 50-150mm; shall the valve meet the specified flow within
either +/- 5 % or +/- 2% of the maximum flow rate. Valve should have 100% authority and should be
provided with spring loaded rolling diaphragm for true pressure independent function within
prescribed differential pressure range. Each valve should have an adjustable maximum flow rate
setting to enable flow limitation and balancing to the coils. It should be externally field adjustable to
no less than 51 different settings. The actual setting and thereby flow rate needs to be available from
the outside setting through programming buttons on the actuator. The standard flow settings range
shall be available in the supplier’s literature. The valve shall be available between 30-600 kPaD
pressure differential ranges. Larger ranges then mentioned is accepted, but not lower ranges. The
specific range is selected based upon the system requirements.
The actuator shall be microprocessor based with a self-calibrating feature. The actuator shall be
capable of providing 4-20mA, 0-10 V DC or 2-10 V DC feedback signal to the control system.
External display of current valve flow, maximum valve flow, input signal, feedback signal and
operational direction shall be standard.

Valves combining electronic, dynamic balancing, modulating, 2-way, pressure independent control
valve of the wafer style for fitting between flanges, provided with pressure/ temperature plugs; are
accepted in principle, when above criteria’s is fulfilled.

Valve Actuator
1. Valve actuator housing shall be rated to IP54.
2. Actuator shall be driven by a 24V AC / DC power supply, and shall accept 0-10V DC, 0-
20mA, 4-20mA, 2-position or 3-point floating electric input signal.
3. Actuator shall be capable of proving 4-20 mA, 0-10V DV or 2-10V DC feedback signal to the
control system.
4. Actuator shall include display and buttons for external programming of all settings.
5. External display of current valve flow, maximum valve flow, input signal, feedback signal
and operational direction shall be standard.

Valve Housing
1. Valve housing shall be constructed of ductile iron ASTM A395, Grade 60-40-18 rated at no
less than 4000 KPa static pressure and +120ºC.
2. Valve housing shall be permanently marked to show direction of flow.
3. Valve housing should be with universal flange, which helps for installation between the
mating flanges, without using reducers.
4. Dual Pressure/ temperature test plugs for verifying accuracy of flow performance shall be
available for all valve sizes.
5. Identification tags shall be available for all valves; tags shall mention part number, order
number and pressure differential range.

Flow Regulation Unit

Saha & Associates 109 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1. Flow regulation unit shall consist of stainless steel and hydrogenated acrylonitrile-
butadiene-rubber and shall be capable of controlling flow within +/-5% of rated flow rate
or +/-2% of maximum flowrate.
2. Flow regulation unit shall be accessible, for change-out or maintenance.

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS

For 15-32 mm For 40-50 mm For 50-150 mm

Flow rate Upto 20.4 USGPM Upto 60 USGPM Upto 468 USGPM
Static Pressure 2500 kPa, 360 psi 2500 kPa, 360 psi 4000 kpa, 580 psi
Media -20 ° to +120 °C -20 ° to +120 °C
-20 ° to +120 °C
Temperature
Ambient +2 °C to +50 °C +2 °C to +50 °C
-10 ° to +50 °C
Temperature
Forged Brass ASTM Ductile Iron, ASTM Ductile Iron, ASTM
Bodymaterial CuZn40Pb2 A395, Grade 60-40- A395, Grade 60-40-
18 18
Internal Mettalic Stainless steel Stainless steel
Stainless Steel
Components
Test Ports/ Body Standard, If reqd Standard, If reqd
1/4” ISO (Test Ports)
Tapings
Fixed female ISO or Fixed female ISO or
NPT, or union end NPT, Universal Flange
End Connections
connection (upto 20.4 (Wafer style)
USGPM)
Stem Seals EPDM “O” Ring EPDM “O” Ring EPDM
Maximum Close
700 kPa, 100 psi
Off Pressure 600kPa, 87 Psi 600kPa, 87 Psi
Maximum 400 kPaD, 58 PsiD 400 kPaD, 58 PsiD
600 kPaD, 87 psiD
Operational ∆P

4. Drain Piping :

a. All pipes to be used for drain, condensate drain and fittings shall be galvanized steel class
‘B’ (medium class ) confirming to relevant IS & BIS Codes.

b. All jointing in the pipe system shall be by screwed and / or by screwed flanges using 3mm 3
ply rubber insertion gaskets. Pipe threads and flanges shall be as per relevant BIS Codes.

c. All pipes supports shall be mild steel , thoroughly cleaned and given one primary coat of red
oxide paint before being installed.

d. Fittings shall be galvanized steel “medium class” malleable casting of pressure rating
suitable for the piping system. Flanges shall be of approved make. Supply of flanges shall
include bolts, nuts, and gaskets as required. Sufficient number of flanges and unions shall be
provided for future cleaning and servicing of piping. Tee-off connection shall be through

Saha & Associates 110 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

equal or reducing Tees. All equipment and valve connections , or connections to any other
mating pipes shall be through flanges required for the mating connections.

e. All condensate drain piping shall be insulated and painted as per the section “Insulation”
indicated in schedule of Quantities.

5. Pressure Gauges :

a. Pressure gauges shall be provided at the supply and return of condensers, discharge end
of pumps as shown in the schematic drawing.

b. Pressure gauge shall be of approved make in stainless steel (SS) construction and not
less than 100mm dia dial, glycerin filled and of appropriate range and be complete with
shut off gauge cocks, isolating valves etc. duly calibrated before installation.

c. Care shall be taken to protect pressure gauges during pressure testing.

6. Thermometers :

Thermometers shall be industrial type V-form having range of scales as 30-120 degree F
(0-50 degree Celcius) for cooling applications and 30-212 degree F (0-100 degree C) for
heating applications duly calibrated. Body shall be of aluminium alloy, anodized gold coloured
surface against aggressive vapours. The casing shall be adjustable type to take any reading from
the front.

The glass capillary shall be triangular in shape with blue mercury filled in glass for better
visibility.

Graduation of scale shall be 1 degree in both readings .Thermometer shall be suitable for 1/2
FPT connections. Thermometers for chilled water pipe line shall be provided with long brass
stem to facilitate ease in removal without damaging the insulation. MS socket to be welded on
pipes shall also be provided with the thermometer. Thermometers shall be provided at the
supply & return of condensers as indicated on the drawings :

7. Piping Installation :

a. Design drawings indicate schematically the size and location of pipes. Pipes runs and sizes
may however , be changed to meet the site conditions .The Contractor, on award of the
work, shall prepare detailed shop drawings, showing the cross-section, longitudinal sections,
details of fittings, location of isolating and controlled valves, drain and air valves and all
pipes supports. The contractors must keep in view the specific openings in buildings and
other structure through which pipes are designed to pass.

b. Piping shall be properly supported on, or suspended from, stands, clamps, hangers etc. as
specified and as required. The contractor shall adequately design all the brackets, saddles,
anchors, clamps, and hangers and be responsible for their structural sufficiency.

Saha & Associates 111 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

c. Pipe supports shall be of steel, adjustable for height and primer coated with rust preventive
paint and finish coated black. Where pipe and clamps are of dissimilar materials, a gasket
shall be provided in between. Spacing of pipe supports shall not exceed the following:

Pipe Size Spacing between supports

15mm to 30mm 1.8 M

40mm to 150 mm 2.0 M
over 150 mm 2.5 M

Pipe hangers shall be fixed on walls and ceiling by means of metallic rawl plugs.

d. Vertical risers shall be parallel to walls and column lines and shall be straight and plumb.
Risers passing from floor to floor shall be supported at each floor slab by clamps or collars
attached to pipe and with a 12 mm thick ribbed rubber pad or any other approved resilient
material. Where pipes pass through the terrace floor ,suitable curbing shall be provided to
prevent water leakage. Risers shall have a suitable clean out at the lower point and air vent
at the highest point. Risers shall also have a suitable concrete pipe support at the lowest
point.

e. Pipe sleeves atleast 3 mm thick, 50mm larger in diameter than condenser water pipes shall
be provided wherever pipes pass through wall and slabs. Annular spaces to be filled with
felt and finished with retaining rings.

f. Insulated piping shall be supported in such a manner as not to put undue pressure on the
insulation. 20 gauge metal sheet shall be provided between insulation and the clamp
saddle or roller extending at least 15cm on both sides of the clamp, saddle or roller.

g. Entire piping work shall be carried out in a workmen like manner. Piping work shall be
carried out with minimum disturbance to the other works being done at the site by other
agencies. A program of work shall be prepared in consultation with the engineer –in –
charge well in advance.

h. Piping layout shall take due care for expansion and contraction in pipes and provide
expansion joints wherever required. The contractor shall ensure providing adequate
clamps,brackets,clamp saddles,hangers etc.

i. All MS pipes shall be accurately cut to the required size in accordance with the relevant
IS & BIS standards, proper V- groove made and burrs removed prior to laying. Open
ends of the piping shall be closed to avoid entrance of foreign material . Wherever
reducers are to be made in horizontal runs, eccentric reducers shall be used for the piping
to drain freely, at other locations, concentric reducers may be used.

j. Similarly, all GI pipes using screwed fittings shall be accurately cut to the required sizes
and threaded in accordance with IS: 554/1955/relevant BIS codes and burrs removed
before laying. Open ends of the piping shall be blocked to avoid entrance of foreign
matter.

Saha & Associates 112 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

k. Automatic purge valves shall be provided at all high points in the piping system for
venting. Purge valves shall be 10mm size with screwed joints as mentioned in the
schedule of quantities.

Discharge from the purge valves shall be piped through GI pipe of similar size to the
nearest drain / khurrah. The pipes shall be pitched towards drain points.

l. Drain points shall be provided at all low points in the piping system using gate valves
with rising spindle. Generally, upto 300mm dia pipe size 25mm size and above 300mm
pipe 40mm size gate valves shall be used.

Discharge from the purge valves shall be piped through GI pipe of similar size to the
nearest drain / khurrah. The pipes shall be pitched towards drain points.

m. All buried pipes shall be cleaned and coated with zinc chromate primer and bituminous
paint, therafter wrapped with two layers of RP tissue each layer laid in bitumen.

8. Insulation

Chilled Water and Drain Pipes shall be insulated as required or as shown on the approved
drawings and in line with with specifications stipulated in section ‘INSULATION’ .

9. Vibration Elimination

Piping installation shall be carried out with vibration elimination fittings wherever required
to ensure vibration and noise free installation.

10. Testing & Balancing

a. All piping shall be tested to hydrostatic test pressure of at least two times the
maximum operating pressure but not less than 10 Kg/ Sq.cm for a period of not less
than 24 hours prior to commencement of application of insulation.. All leaks and
defects in joints revealed during the testing shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the
Engineer – in- charge.

b. Piping repaired subsequent to the above pressure test shall be retested in the same
manner.

c. Systems may be tested in sections and such sections shall be securely capped.

d. All concerned agencies including Consultants shall be notified well in advance by

the contractor of his intention to test a section of piping and all testing shall be
witnessed by the Owners/Consultants or their authorized representative.

e. The Contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is achieved
through all coils and other heat exchange equipment in the system concerned. If
proper circulation is not achieved due to air bound connections, the Contractor shall
rectified the defective connections. He shall bear all the expenses for carrying out the

Saha & Associates 113 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

above rectification including the tarring- up and re-finishing of floors, walls etc. as
required.

f. The Contractor shall provide all materials, tools, equipment, instruments,

services and labour required to perform the test, and shall ensure that the plant
room and other areas are cleaned up and spilled over water is removed.

g. After completion of the installation and testing entire chilled water system shall be
adjusted and balanced to allow flow of water as required to meet essential design
parameters.

h. Complete certified balancing report shall be submitted by the contractor for evaluation
and approval.

i. The direction of flow of fluid in the pipes shall be visibly marked in white arrows or
as directed by the Consultants.

11. Painting

After the piping has been installed, tested and run for atleast three days of eight hours each, all
bare un –insulated water piping shall be given two finish coats, 3 mils each of approved
colour, conforming to relevant BIS Codes. The direction of flow of fluid in the pipes shall be
visibly marked with identifying arrows.

*********************

Saha & Associates 114 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

D. “SPECIFICATIONS - AUTOMATIC CONTROLS & INSTRUMENTS”

a. Scope

The scope of this section comprises of the supply, erection, testing and
commissioning of automatic controls and instruments conforming to these
specifications and in accordance with the drawings and schedule of quantities.

b. Type

All automatic controls shall be Honeywell, Staefa electric controls as described

in the various sections of these specifications. All instruments shall be FIEBIG,
Taylor or approved equal, as described in the various sections of these
specifications.

1. Automatic Controls :

Automatic controls required for various types of machines have been described in the
various sections of these specifications and shown on the drawings. The individual safety
controls and selected automatic controls, may be installed within the machines by the
manufacturers before shipment. However, the following automatic controls, if not already
installed on the machines, may be installed at site by the Contractor, as indicated in schedule
of quantities.

a. Two/Three -way diverting valves for AHUs

Motorized valves for Air handling units shall be 2/3-way modulating type with bronze
body and stainless steel trim, seat and plug. The valve shall be controlled by an
electric actuator mounted directly on the valve. The actuator shall have a reversible
synchronous motor and generate the desired stroke by a gear train. Actuators shall
have manual override hand wheel and potentiometer for position feedback and shall
be suitable for connection to any major BMS.

The shutoff pressure of the valve shall be sufficient for the system pressure.

Three -way diverting valves for air handling units shall be provided in chilled water at
each air handling unit as shown on the drawings and indicated in schedule of
quantities. Each valve shall be actuated by a humidistat. Valves for 25mm to 30mm
pipe sizes shall be similar to Honeywell model V5013 C or equivalent make three-
way mixing valves with one inlets and one outlet. Motor shall be Honeywell model
M644A make modulating motor. Motor shall be suitable for 24 volts supply and shall
have in-built 220/24 volts transformer.

b. Two/Three-way motorized valves for FCUs

Each unit shall have a room type thermostat and a 2/3 way motorized water valve.
The valve shall be fixed at a convenient location. The thermostat shall be complete
Saha & Associates 115 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

with the speed control switch ON/OFF and heat/Cool changeover switch as per
details given later on the plate shall clearly indicate the fan positions. The controls
should be as per specifications.

The motorized control valve shall be 2 position ON/OFF and with 2-way water flow.

Three way motorized valves for FCUs may be provided in chilled/ hot water lines at
each fan coil unit as shown on drawings and indicated in schedule of quantities. The
valve shall be actuated by space thermostat. Constant space conditions shall be
maintained by allowing complete chilled water to either pass through the coil or
bypass the coil and mix with the chilled /hot water return. The valve shall be revert to
fully bypass position when fan is shut off.

Valves shall be Honeywell two position diverting valves 15mm (1/2 inch) diameter
with flare connection. Valves shall be selected for water flow rate of 5-6 USGPM.
Pressure drop across the valve shall note exceed 2 psi. Valve shall have the facility to
replace motor actuator without removing the valve body.

c. Flow Switches

Flow Switches shall be provided in condenser water outlet and chilled water outlet at
the water chilling machines, and at the water cooled condensing units as shown on
drawings and as indicated in schedule of quantities. Flow switch shall prevent the
compressor from starting unless the water flow is established in water lines.

d. Thermostats

Thermostats shall be fixed differential type as specified having sensing element

located in the return air stream. All thermostats shall be supplied with the standard
mounting boxes, as recommended by the manufacturer. The profile, mounting
arrangement and exact location of the thermostats shall be as approved at site.

i) Thermostat for air conditioning application for AHU’s shall be Honeywell with
two stage temperature control model T 678A having a range of 0/100 degree F. All
AHU’s shall be provided with two speed motor. The motor speeds shall be
controlled by 2 stage thermostat upon sensing the return air temperature.

ii) Snap-acting fixed-differential type thermostat for air conditioning applications for
actuating the three-way diverting valve at each fan coil unit, as shown on
drawings and as indicated in schedule of quantities.

Thermostat shall be similar to Honeywell model T694A, T4039, or T6060 A

heating/cooling thermostat, for range 56-84 degree F, differential 3 degree F, with
OFF-HI-LO fan switch, temperature adjustment settings, switching off must break
fan circuit .

iii) Snap-acting fixed differential heating thermostat for electric winter heating and
reheat applications for putting on/off power supply to electric heating or

Saha & Associates 116 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

reheat coils in air handling units as shown on drawings. Thermostats shall be

similar to Honeywell model T451A, two stage thermostat or equivalent model.

iv) Safety thermostat for electric winter heating and reheat application for cutting off
power supply to strip heaters in case air flow across strip heater is not
established. Thermostat shall be similar to Varma-Trafag model S95R, or approved
equal.

e. Thermostats for FCUs

Room temperature controller (Thermostat) for fan coil unit shall have following features.
i) Internal temperature sensors.
ii) Automatic heat/cool changeover in conjunction with cable temperature sensor.
iii) Input or remote operation mode (BMS) changeover contact switch (NO of
NC).
iv) Selectable control parameter On/Off type with 3 position output suitable for 8-
30C setting range.
v) Rotary set point knob with mechanical min./max. limitation facility.
vi) Fan speed side switch Max. load of 3 speed fan shall be 600 KV.
vii) It shall operate at AC 230 V  10% with a control accuracy of 2C. Max.
power consumption shall be 6 VA.
viii) The heat/cool changeover should be automatic depending upon of the
temperature of water in the supply pipe line of FCU.
ix) The changeover mounting kit shall be installed on the supply chilled water
pipe line complete with clamping arrangement. It shall have provision for
connecting the signal cable to the thermostat for heating & cooling
changeover.
f. ON/OFF Motorized Butterfly Valves with actuator
Motorized valve for chillers, cooling towers shall be 2 position ON/OFF type
Butterfly valve with standard train. The valve shall be controlled by an electric
actuator mounted directly on the valve. The actuator shall have a reversible
synchronous motor and generate the desired stoke by gear train. It shall be suitable for
hook up to any major BMS. The valve should be suitable for 16 Kg/cm 2 working
pressure.
Actuator
Each actuator shall have current limiting circuitry incorporated in its design to prevent
damage to the actuator. Actuators shall provide the minimum torque required for proper
valve close-off against the system pressure for the required flow. Two-position or
open/closed actuators shall accept 24 or 120 VAC or 230 V  10% power supply and

Saha & Associates 117 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

be UL listed. Butterfly isolation and other valves, as specified in the sequence of

operations, shall be furnished with adjustable end switches to indicate open/closed
position or be hard wired to start/stop the associated pump or chiller.

g. Airstat

Airstat may provided, as shown on drawings and included in schedule of quantities,

within air handling unit containing electric strip heaters or reheat coils to prevent

2. Instruments :

Instruments required for different types of machines have been described in the various
sections of these specifications and shown on the drawings. Following instruments may be
provided in accordance with the specific requirements.

a. Room RH Indicators

Room RH Indicators shall be Taylor or approved equal, dial type, wall hung,
relative humidity indicators of appropriate range in accordance with the drawings
and as indicated in the schedule of quantities.

b. Electronic Thermometers

Electronic Thermometers shall be of approved make electronical operated Digital

Temperature Indicator in accordance with the draw and as indicated in the schedule
of quantities. The display shall be 3-5 digit Liquid Crystal Display. The thermometer
shall consist of fully solid state integrated circuits. The thermometer shall have front
LED ‘ON’ indication and automatic low battery indication. The resolution shall
be 0-1 degree centigrade. Thermometer shall be complete with suitable electronic
sensor to accurately sense the temperature with sensor housed in suitable airwell/
thermowell for air temperature/water temperature measurement. The thermometer
shall be suitable for operation on 9 V DC/230 V AC. The display unit shall be
housed in attractive sheet metal cabinet with prominent display of conversion charts
of deg F & C on front plate. Thermometer shall be complete with separable socket
type interconnecting cables of 2m length suitable for installation within a radius of
2m of the thermowell or air sensing point. Thermometers may be installed at supply
and return of condensers of packaged units and CDW pumps as shown on the
drawings. Range of scales shall be 30 degree F- 120 degree F (0-50 degree C) for
cooling application, and 30 degree - 212 degree F (0-100 degree C) for heating
applications.

3. Calibration and Testing :

All automatic controls and instruments shall be factory calibrated and provided with
necessary instructions for site calibration and testing. Various items of the same type
shall be completely interchangeable and their accuracy shall be guaranteed by the
manufacturer. All automatic controls and instruments shall be tested at site for
accuracy and reliability before commissioning the installation.
Saha & Associates 118 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

************************

Saha & Associates 119 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

E. “SPECIFICATIONS - DUCTWORK AND AIR TERMINALS”

1. General :

a. The scope under this section covers supply, fabrication, installation and testing of all
GS sheet metal ducts and supply, installation, testing and balancing of grilles,
diffusers conforming to these specifications and the general arrangements shown on
the tender drawings.

b. Duct work shall mean all ducts, dampers, access doors, joints, stiffeners, supports and
hangers.

2. Duct Work Fabricated at Site as per BIS Standards

2.1 Duct Material and Fabrication

Material used for ducts shall be galvanized steel sheets class VIII conforming to IS:277-
1962(revised) or aluminium sheets conforming to IS:737-1955 as specified in the Bill of
Quantities. All ducts shall be fabricated and installed in a workman like manner, generally
conforming to IS : 655-1963 (Revised) with amendment- I(1971 edition).Fabrication of ducts
shall be through well conditioned Triplex lock former or multiple lock formers, conforming
to relevant BIS Codes. Round exposed ducts shall be die formed for achieving perfect circle
configuration.

Thickness of the sheet shall be as given hereunder :

Sheet thickness

Size of Duct GSS Aluminium

Up to 750 mm 24 Gauge (0.63mm) 22 Gauge (0.80mm)

751 mm to 1500mm 22 Gauge (0.80mm) 20 Gauge (1.00mm)

1501 mm to 2250mm 20 Gauge (1.00mm) 18 Gauge (1.25mm)

2251 mm and above 18 Gauge (1.25mm) 16 Gauge (1.6mm)

All Round Ducts 20 Gauge (1.00mm) --

Joints and bracing of ductwork shall generally be as per IS Specifications. However,

minimum size of accessories involved shall be as given hereunder :

Size of Duct Joint Type Bracing

Up to 750 mm G.I. Flange --

751 mm to 1000 mm 25 mm x 25 mm x 3 mm 25 mm x 25 mm x 3 mm angle

angle iron frame with iron frame at 1000 mm centre
Saha & Associates 120 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

8 mm dia nuts and bolts.

1001 mm to 1500 mm 40 mm x 40 mm x 5 mm 40 mm x 40 mm x3 mm angle

angle iron frame with iron frame at 1000 mm centre
8 mm dia nuts and bolts.

1001 mm to 1500 mm 40 mm x 40 mm x 5 mm 40 mm x 40 mm x 3 mm angle

angle iron frame with iron frame at 1000 mm centre
8 mm dia nuts and bolts.

1501 mm to 2250 mm 50 mm x 50 mm x 5 mm 40 mm x 40 mm x 3mm angle

angle iron frame with iron frame at 1200 mm centre
12 mm dia nuts and bolts. (diagonally cross braced)
at 125 mm centre.

2251 mm and above 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm 40 mm x 40 mm x 3 mm angle

angle iron frame with iron frame at 1200 mm centre
12 mm dia nuts and bolts. (diagonally cross braced)
at 125 mm centre.

2.1.2 GI sheets shall be produced using hot deep galvanization process and minimum acceptable
coating of zinc shall be 120gm/SqM. Sample of GI sheet along with test certificate to be
submitted for approval prior to supply of GI sheets.

2.1.3 GI sheets shall be checked for hardness/flexibility and water marks prior to dispatch. Zinc
coating if found peeled –off or duct work with water marks after fabrication shall be
rejected..

2.1.4 Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints. All joints
shall be made air tight.

2.1.5 All exposed ducts within conditioned spaces shall have only slip joints and no flanged
joints. The internal ends of slip joints shall be made in the direction of air flow.

2.1.6 Change in dimensions and shape of ducts shall be gradual. Curved elbows, unless
otherwise approved, shall have a centre line radius equal to one and half times the width of
the duct. Air turns shall be installed in all abrupt elbows and shall consist of
curved metal blades or vanes, arranged to permit the air to make the turns without
appreciable turbulence.

2.1.7 GI splitter dampers complete with brass metal lever shall be installed at each
bifurcation / trifurcation point of duct for proper flow of air quantity in each duct.

2.1.8 Ductwork shall be fabricated strictly in accordance with the “Approved for Construction”
Shop drawings. All ducts shall be rigid and shall be adequately supported and braced
where required with standing seams, tees or angles of ample size to keep the ducts true to
shape and to prevent buckling, vibration or breathing.

Saha & Associates 121 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

2.1.9 All sheet metal connections, partitions and plenums required to confine the flow of air to
and through the filters and fans, shall be constructed out of 18 gauge galvanized steel sheet,
thoroughly stiffened with angle iron braces mentioned above and fitted with all
necessary doors as required by the Consultants, to give access to all parts of the
apparatus. Doors shall not be less than 45cm x 45cm in size. All hardware fittings such as
thunder bolts, hinges, handles etc shall be in extruded aluminium construction.

2.2 Installation of Ductwork

2.2.1 During construction, the contractor shall temporarily close the duct openings with sheet
metal covers to prevent debris and any foreign material entering ducts and to maintain
opening straight and square.

2.2.2 All ducts shall be installed generally as per the drawings and in strict accordance with
approved shop drawings to be prepared by the contractor.

2.2.3. The contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be required
to carry out the intent of these specifications and drawings. This work shall
meet with the approval of the Architects/Owners in all its parts and details.

2.2.4. All ducts shall be supported from the ceiling /slab using 9mm to 12mm dia MS rods
depending upon the size of the duct unless & until mentioned otherwise in the BOQ. MS
angle iron of size not less than 40mmx40mmx5mm or more if duct size is large enough shall
be used at the bottom. The MS rods shall be anchored to RCC slab using suitable metallic
expansion fasteners.

2.2.5 All necessary allowances and provisions shall be made by the contractor for beams,
pipes or other obstructions in the buildings, whether or not the same are shown on
the drawings. Where it becomes necessary to avoid beams or other structural
work, plumbing or other pipes, and /or conduits, the ducts shall be transformed, divided or
curved to one side, the required area being maintained as approved or directed by
the Architects/Consulting Engineer.

2.2.6 If a duct cannot be run as shown on the drawing, the contractor shall install the duct
between the required points by any path available, subject to the approval of the Architect/
Consultant.

2.2.7 All duct work shall be independently supported from building elements or as required
by the Architect/ Consultant. All horizontal ducts shall be rigidly and securely
supported, in an approved manner, within hangers formed of MS rods and angle
iron under ducts not greater than 2 M centers. All vertical duct work shall be supported
by structural members at each floor.
2.2.8 Ducting on top of the ceiling shall be supported from the slab above, or from beams
with the help of adequate strength dash fasteners, after obtaining approval of
the Architect/ Consultant. In no case shall a duct be supported from the ceiling hangers
or be permitted to rest on a hung ceiling.

2.2.9 All metal work in dead or closed down spaces shall be erected in time to occasion
no delay to other contractors in the building.
Saha & Associates 122 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

2.2.10 All air turns of 45 degrees or more shall include curved metal blades or vanes so as to permit
the air to make the abrupt turns without an appreciable turbulence. Turning vanes shall be
securely fastened to prevent noise or vibration. All supply air collars shall be provided with
GI vanes properly secured using rivets.

2.2.11 All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operations. Whenever
duct work is connected to fans, that may cause vibrations in the duct, ducts shall be
provided with two flexible connections located close to the unit in mutually
perpendicular directions. Flexible connection shall be constructed of fire resistant
flexible double canvas sleeves at least 150mm long, secured properly and bolted at
both ends. Sleeve shall be made smooth and the connecting duct work rigidly held by
independent supports on both ends. The flexible connection shall be suitable for
pressures at the point of installation.

2.2.12 The two mating flanges of the ducts being joined with each other shall be made air tight by
providing 4mm thick rubber gasket fixed on both mating flanges by means of good quality
adhesive. Rubber strip shall also be provided between bottom surface of duct and angle
iron at each duct support to avoid metal to metal contact.

2.2.13 All duct supports including MS rods, cleats and angle iron shall be primer coated
and thereafter, painted with black enamel paint.

2.3 Round Ductwork

Spiral/round ductwork wherever required shall meet following parameters :

a. Conform to BIS round ductwork requirements.

b. Round Ducts shall be constructed out of galvanized sheet steel as per relevant BIS
standards.

c. Upto 1200mm dia ducts spiral lock seam shall be provided.

d. Ducts more than 1200 mm diameter shall be provided with welded longitudinal or
spiral seam.

e. Lap or snap lock seams are not permitted for round ductwork of any size.

f. Provide beaded sleeve or flanged and gasketed joints for ducts.

g. Provide all welded long radius elbows.

h. Provide conical tees, all welded.

i. Butt tees or butt taps are not permitted.

All round ducts, 750 mm and larger, shall be supported with two hangers at each support
point in an approved manner.
Saha & Associates 123 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

3. Duct Work Fabricated in Factory as per SMACNA Standards

3.1 Duct Material and Fabrication

Material used for ducts shall be galvanized steel sheets class VIII, light coating of zinc,
nominal 120gm/SqM surface area conforming to IS:277-1962 (revised) or aluminium sheets
conforming to IS:737-1955 as specified in the Bill of Quantities. GI sheet shall be of Lock
Forming Quality prime material along with mill test certificates. In addition, if deemed
necessary, samples of raw material, selected at random by Client’s site representative shall be
subject to approval and tested for thickness and zinc coating at contractor's expense.

3.2. Recommended Thickness and Type of Joints

All ducts shall be fabricated using galvanized steel/aluminum sheet with thickness as
mentioned hereunder :
3.2.1 For Ducts with External Static Pressure (SP) upto 250 Pa (25mm) :

GSS Pressure 250 Pa (25mm)

Rectangular Duct Section Length 1.2 m (4 ft)
Ducts
Maximum Gauge Joint Type Bracing Spacing
Duct Size as per
BOQ
1–750 mm 26 or 24 “4 Bolt Transverse Duct Nil
Connector-E (TDC) with built in
sealant” as per BOQ .
751 – 899 mm 26 or 24 4 Bolt Transverse Duct Connector-E Nil
(TDC) with built in sealant
900 – 1200 mm 24 or 22 4 Bolt TDC –E Nil

1201 – 1500 mm 22 4 Bolt TDC-H Nil

1501 – 1800 mm 22 or 20 4 Bolt TDC-H Nil

1801 – 2100 mm 20 4 Bolt TDC-J Nil

2101 – 2700 mm 18 4 Bolt TDC-J Nil

Saha & Associates 124 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

3.2.2 For Ducts with External Static Pressure (SP) upto 500 Pa (50mm) :

GSS External Pressure 500 Pa (50mm)

Rectangular Duct Section Length
Ducts 1.2 m (4 ft)
Maximum Gauge Joint Type Bracing Spacing
Duct Size
1–600 mm 26 or 24 “4 Bolt Transverse Duct Nil
Connector-E (TDC) with built in
sealant” as per BOQ .
601-700 mm 26 or 24 4 Bolt Transverse Duct Connector-E Nil
(TDC) with built in sealant
701-900 mm 24 or 22 4 Bolt TDC-E Nil

901-1200 mm 22 or 20 4 Bolt TDC-H Nil

1201-1300 mm 20 4 Bolt TDC-J Nil

1301-1500 mm 18 4 Bolt TDC-J Nil

1501-1800 mm 18 4 Bolt TDC-J Nil

1801-2100 mm 18 4 Bolt TDC-J Nil

2101-2250 mm 18 4 Bolt TDC-J Nil

2251-2400 mm 18 4 Bolt TDC-J Nil

2401-2700 mm 18 4 Bolt TDC-J 600 *

* Distance of reinforcement/bracing from each joint. Bracing material to be same as of

material used for joining of duct sections.

For Aluminium ducts material shall be one commercial gauge higher with 22 gauge as
minimum.

3.3 Fabrication Standards and Equipment

All duct construction and installation shall be in accordance with SMACNA standards. In
addition ducts shall be factory fabricated utilizing the following machines to provide the
requisite quality of ducts.
3.3.1 A coil (Sheet metal in Roll Form) line to facilitate location of longitudinal seams at
corners/folded edges only, for required duct rigidity and leakage free characteristics. No
longitudinal seams permitted along any face side of the duct.

3.3.2 All ducts, transformation pieces and fittings to be made on CNC profile cutter for requisite
accuracy of dimensions, location and dimensions of notches at the folding lines.
Saha & Associates 125 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

3.3.3 All edges to be machine treated using lock formers, flangers and rollers for turning up edges.

3.4 Duct Construction

All ducts shall be fabricated and installed in workmanlike manner, conforming to relevant
SMACNA codes.

a) Ducts so identified on the Drawings shall be acoustically lined and insulated from
outside as described in the section “Insulation” and as indicated in schedule of
Quantities. Duct dimensions shown on drawings, are overall sheet metal dimensions
inclusive of the acoustic lining where required and indicated in Schedule of quantities.
The fabricated duct dimensions should be as per approved drawings and care should
be taken to ensure that all connecting sections are dimensionally matched to avoid any
gaps.

b) Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with longitudinal seams shall be
airtight and at corners only which shall be either Pittsburgh or snap button as per
SMACNA practice, to ensure air tightness.

c) All concealed ducts up to 750mm width within conditioned spaces shall have slip
and drive (C & S/SS) joints. The internal ends of slip joints shall be in the direction of
airflow. Care should be taken to ensure that S/SS Cleats are mounted on the longer
side of the duct and Cleats on the shorter side. Ducts and accessories within ceiling
spaces, visible from air-conditioned areas shall be provided with two coats of mat
black finish paint.

d) Changes in dimensions and shape of ducts shall be gradual (between 1:4 and 1:7).
Air-turns (vanes) shall be installed in all bends and duct collars designed to permit the
air to make the turn without appreciable turbulence.

e) Ducts shall be fabricated as per details shown on Approved for Construction Shop
Drawings. All ducts shall be rigid and shall be adequately supported and braced where
required with standing seams, tees, or angles, of ample size to keep the ducts true to
shape and to prevent buckling, vibration or breathing.

f) All sheet metal connection, partitions and plenums, required to confine the flow of
air to and through the filters and fans, shall be constructed of 18 gauge GSS / 16gauge
aluminum, thoroughly stiffened with 25mm x 25mm x 3mm galvanized steel angle
braces and fitted with all necessary inspection doors as required, to give access to all
parts of the apparatus. Access doors shall be not less than 450mm x 450mm in size.

g) Plenums shall be shop/factory fabricated panel type and assembled at site. Fixing of
galvanized angle flanges on duct pieces shall be with rivets heads inside i.e. towards
GS sheet and riveting shall be done from outside.

h) Self adhesive Neoprene rubber / UV resistant PVC foam lining 5mm nominal
thickness instead of felt, shall be used between duct flanges and between duct supports
in all ducting installation
Saha & Associates 126 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

3.5 Duct Installation

All ducts shall be installed generally as per tender Drawings, and in strict accordance
with approved shop drawings to be prepared by the Contractor. The contractor shall also
carry out the feasibility study at site, coordination with other services and interior drawings
before fabrication of duct at the factory. Any fabricated duct rejected due to these reasons
shall not be paid and only final measured and installed duct shall be certified for payment.

a. The Contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be required
to carry out the intent of these Specifications and Drawings . The work shall meet
with the approval of Architects/Consultants/Client’s site representative in all its parts
and details.

b. All necessary allowances and provisions shall be made by the Contractor for beams,
pipes, or other obstructions in the building, whether or not the same are shown on
the Drawings. Where necessary to avoid beams or other structural work,
plumbing or other pipes, and conduits, the ducts shall be transformed, divided or
curved to one side (the required area being maintained) all as per the site
requirements.

c. If a duct cannot be run as shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall install the
duct between the required points by any path available, in accordance with other
services and as per approval of Client’s site representative. Fabrication of duct shall
be commenced only after verifying the feasibility at site.

d. All duct work shall be independently supported from building construction. All
horizontal ducts shall be rigidly and securely supported, in an approved manner,
with trapeze hangers formed of fully threaded galvanized steel rods and galvanized
steel angle/channel under ducts at no greater than 2 meter centre. All vertical duct
work shall be supported by structural members on each floor slab. Galvanised steel
cleat with a hole for passing the hanger rods shall be welded to the plates. Trapeze
hanger formed of galvanized steel rods and angles/ channels shall be hung through
these cleats. Duct support shall be through dash /anchor fastener driven into the
concrete slab by electrically operated gun. Hanger rods shall then hang through the
cleats. Size of supports shall be as given hereunder :

Larger Size “C” channel size Fully threaded GI Maximum spacing

of Duct Vertical Rod size between supports
Up to 600mm 40mmx40mmx18gauge 8mm 2000mm

601mm to 40mmx40mmx16gauge 10mm 2000mm

1200mm
1201mm to 50mmx50mmx5mm 12mm 2000mm
1800mm MS angle iron duly
painted
1801mm & 65mmx65mmx6mm 12mm 2000mm
above MS angle iron duly
painetd

Saha & Associates 127 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

e. Ducting over false ceiling shall be supported from the slab above, or from beams, after
obtaining approval of Client’s site representative/Architects. In no case shall any duct
be supported from false ceiling hangers or be permitted to rest on false ceiling. All
metal work in dead or furred down spaces shall be erected in time to occasion no delay
to other Contractor’s work in the building. All supports of ducts shall be taken from
structural slab/wall by means of fastener.

f. Where ducts pass through brick or masonry openings, it shall be provided with 25 mm
thick TF quality expanded polystyrene around the duct and totally covered with mortar
for complete sealing. Contractor shall ensure that contact between metal duct and
mortar is avoided.

g. All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operation.
Whenever duct work is connected to fans, air handling units or blower coil units that
may cause vibration in the ducts, ducts shall be provided with a fire resistant double
flexible connection, located at the unit discharge. Flexible connections shall be
constructed of fire retarding flexible heavy canvas sleeve at least 100mm long
securely bonded and bolted on both sides. Sleeve shall be made smooth and the
connecting duct work rigidly held by independent supports on both sides of the
flexible connection. The flexible connection shall be suitable for pressure at the
point of installation.

h. In case of grid type false ceiling, the entire diffuser assembly with plenum shall be
independently hung from the ceiling through adjustable GI wires and the same shall be
connected to the main duct through a flexible round duct.

i. Duct shall not rest on false ceiling and shall be in level from bottom. Taper pieces
shall taper from top.

j. Suitable arrangement shall be provided in duct for fixing of duct smoke sensor
(supplied by other vendor).

k. Toilet exhaust duct shall be provided with goose necking as shown in design drawings
and exhaust shall continue operation in case of fire.

Duct Support with Steel Wire Rope Hangers

Wire Hangers with following specifications shall be used to suspend static HVAC Air
Distribution services as required.

Wire Hangers should consist of a pre-formed wire rope sling with a range of end fixings to fit
various substrates and service fixings, these include a ferruled loop, permanently fixed
threaded M6 (or M8, M10) stud, permanently fixed nipple end with toggle, at one end or hook
or eyelet, cladding hook, barrel, wedge anchor, eyebolt anchor or any other end fixture type or
size as per manufacturers recommendation and design. The end fixings and the wire must be
of the same manufacturer with several options available. The system should be secured and
tensioned with a Hanger self-locking grip at the other end. Once the grip is locked for safety
purpose unlocking should only be done by using a separate setting key and should not be an

Saha & Associates 128 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

integral part of the self-locking grip. Only wire and/or supports supplied and/or approved,
shall be used with the system.

a. Wire Hangers should have been independently tested by Lloyds Register. APAVE, TUV, UL,
CSA, Chiltern International fire, ADCAS, Intertek, ECA, and SMACNA, approved by ULC
and CSA and comply with the requirements of DW/144 and BSRIA – wire Rope Suspension
systems. Wire rope should be manufactured to BSEN 12385: 2002

b. The contractor shall select the correct specification of wire hanger to use for supporting each
particular service from table 1 below. Each size is designated with a maximum safe working
load limit (which incorporates a 5:1 safety factor).

The correct specification of wire hanger required is determined using the following formula.

Weight per meter of object suspended (kg) x Distance between suspension points (m) =
weight loading per Hanger suspension point (kg).

Where the installed wire rope is not vertical then the working load limit shall be reduced in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

The contractor shall select the correct length of wire rope required to support the service.
Lengths from 1-10m lengths. Specials can be made, check with manufacturer. No in–line
joints should be made in the rope.

The standard range of Hanger Kits should contain galvanized high tensile steel wire rope or
stainless steel wire rope as per the application, the minimum specification is as above and
should be manufactured to BS 302 (1987), BSEN12385. Comply with manufacturer's load
ratings and recommended installation procedures. It should be noted that the testing has been
done to the minimum breaking load of the wire giving a minimum safety factor of 5: 1.

Ducting Supports:

a. All ductwork shall be independently supported from building construction. All horizontal
ducts shall be rigidly and securely supported, in an approved manner, with hangers formed of
galvanized steel wire ropes and galvanized steel angle/channel or a pair of brackets, connected
by galvanized steel wire hangers under ducts, rigid supports may be provided at certain
Saha & Associates 129 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

interval if need be. The spacing between supports should be not greater than 2 meter. All
vertical ductwork shall be supported by structural members on each floor slab. Duct supports
may be through galvanized steel insert plates or Toggle end wire fixing left in slab at the time
of slab casting. Galvanized steel cleat with a hole for passing the wire rope hanger shall be
welded to the plates. Trapeze hanger formed of galvanized steel wire rope using Gripple shall
be hung through these cleats. Wherever use of metal insert plates is not feasible, duct support
shall be through dash/anchor fastener driven into the concrete slab by electrically operated
gun. Wire rope supports shall hang through the cleats or wire rope threaded studs can be
screwed into the anchor fasteners. In case of non availability of RCC slab Hanger wires shall
then hang around the structural support without use of fastners.

b. All horizontal ducts shall be adequately secured and supported. In an approved manner, with
trapeze Hangers formed of galvanized steel wire rope in a cradle support method under ducts
at no greater than 1800mm centre, for 1801mm-above appropriate size angle along with
neoprene pad in between the duct & MS angle should be used with prior approval. All vertical
duct work shall be supported by structural members on each floor slab. Duct support shall be
through dash / anchor fastener driven into the concrete slab by electrically operated gun.
Hanger wires shall then hang around the ducting. Rigid supports shall be used in conjunction
with wire rope hangers to assist with alignment of services where recommended for by the
manufacturer. Rigid support must also be used in conjunction with wire rope hangers with
duct work at each change of direction or connection. Support ducting in accordance with
Schedule I at the end of this Section. Any other Gripple solution can be used based on
manufacturer’s recommendation on site conditions after prior approval. In cases of Spiral
ducting the wire can be wrapped directly around the ducting without the need for a spiral
ducting clamp for sizes above 1100 a cradle support should be provided refer to
manufacturer’s recommendations.

c. Ducting over furred ceiling shall be supported from the slab above or from beams after
obtaining approval of Construction manager/consultant. In no case shall any duct be supported
from false ceiling Hangers or be permitted to rest on false ceiling. All metal work in dead or
furred down spaces shall be erected in time to occasion no delay to other Contractor’s work in
the building. All supports of pipe shall be taken from structural slab/wall by means of
fastener.

Catenary Supports: Refer to manufacturer’s recommendations on Catenary supports with C

clip, special care should be taken with tensioning of the wire and angles at which the
installation of services are made.

Stainless Steel Supports should be used for food, chemical and High Corroding environments
like areas near coastlines.

Installation should comply with manufacturer's load ratings and recommended

installation procedures.

Saha & Associates 130 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Schedule I: Duct Hanger Schedule

For ducts with external SP upto 250 Pa

Maximum Gauge Gripple Hanger No.

Duct Size
(mm)
1 - 750 26 2
751-1000 26 2
1001-1200 24 3
1201 - 1500 24 3
1501 - 1800 22 4
1801-2100 20 4
2101-2700 18 4

For ducts with external SP upto 500 Pa

Maximum Gauge Gripple

Duct Size Hanger No.
(mm)
1–600 mm 26 2
601-750 mm 26 2
751-1000 mm 24 3
1001-1200 mm 22 4
1201-1300 mm 20 4
1301-1500 mm 18 4
1501-1800 mm 18 4
1801-2100 mm 18 4
2101-2250 mm 18 4
2251-2400 mm 18 4
2401-2700 mm 18 4

Note: All supports are considered at not more 2000 mm interval.

4. Flat Oval Ductwork

4.1 Flat oval duct shall be provided where shown and as shown on the tender drawings.

4.2 Minimum duct wall thickness shall be as indicated in below :

Flat oval duct gauge positive pressure to 10 in.wg.

Major Dimension Longitudinal Seam SpiralSeam Fitting Gauge

Duct Width (inch)
TO 24 20 24 20
30 20 22 20
36 20 22 20
42 18 22 18
48 18 22 18
54 18 20 18
60 18 20 18
60 16 20 16
Saha & Associates 131 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

71 and UP 16 18 16

Flat oval duct gauge positive pressure to 2500 Pa.

Major Dimension Longitudinal Seam SpiralSeam Fitting Gauge

Duct Width (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
TO 600 1.00 0.70 1.00
750 1.00 0.85 1.00
900 1.00 0.85 1.00
1000 1.31 0.85 1.31
1200 1.31 0.85 1.31
1300 1.31 1.00 1.31
1500 1.31 1.00 1.31
1650 1.61 1.00 1.61
1775 and UP 1.61 1.31 1.61

4.3 Reinforcement for flat sides of oval duct shall be of the same size and spacing interval as
specified for rectangular duct or shall be provided to limit wall deflection to 3/4 (19mm) and
reinforcement deflection to 1/4 (6.4 mm)

4.4 Unless otherwise specified, joints and seams shall be similar to those indicated for round duct.

4.5 Fittings shall conform to the thickness schedules in Table 3-15, shall conform to the seam,
joint, and connection arrangements permitted for round duct, and shall be reinforced to
conform to 2.4.3.

4.6 The duct construction shall be capable of withstanding a pressure 50 percent greater than that
of the assigned pressure class without structural failure or permanent deformation.

4.7 Duct wall deflection at atmospheric pressure, with reinforcements and connections in place,
shall not exceed 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) on widths of 36 in. (914 mm) or less or 1/2 in (13 mm) on
greater widths. Refer Criteria in Chapter 11 of SMACNA Standards 2005 Third Edition.

4.8 Supports shall conform to those permitted for rectangular duct, with the overall dimensions
taken as references.

4.9 Documentation & Measurement of ducting

All ducts fabricated and installed should be accompanied and supported by following
documentation :

a. For each drawing, all supply of ductwork must be accompanied by computer generated
detailed bill of materials indicating all relevant duct sizes, dimensions and quantities.
ln addition, summary sheets are also to be provided showing duct area by gauge and
duct size range as applicable.

b. Measurement sheet covering each fabricated duct piece showing dimensions and
external surface area along with summary of external surface area of duct gauge-wise.

Saha & Associates 132 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

c. All duct pieces to have a part number, which should correspond to the serial number,
assigned to it in the measurement sheet. The above system will ensure speedy and
proper site measurement, verification and approvals.

4.10 Testing

After duct installation, total duct work (Air conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation Ducts
for Kitchen and toilet exhaust) carried out under this scope of works should be tested for
leakage. The procedure for leak testing should be followed as per SMACNA - " HVAC Air
Duct Leakage test manual” (First Edition-1985)

4. Air Terminals

4.1 Dampers

4.1.1 Opposed blade type louver dampers with quadrant and thumb screw lock shall be used at
supply air collars for balancing of air distribution system and box type volume control
dampers having lever operation shall be used at the outlet of air conditioning equipment or
as shown on the approved shop drawings.

4.1.2. All dampers shall be multi blade type of robust construction of galvanized steel unless and
until specified otherwise in the Bill of Quantities and tightly fitted. The design, method of
handling, and control shall be suitable for the location and service required.

4.1.3 Dampers shall be provided with suitable links, levers and quadrants as required for
their proper operation ; control or setting devices shall be made robust, easily
operable and accessible through suitable access doors in the ducts. Every damper
shall have an indicating device clearly showing the damper position at all times.

4.1.4 Dampers shall be placed in ducts and at each supply air collar, whether or not
indicated on the drawings, for the proper volume control and balancing of the
system.

4.1.5 Automatic and manual volume control opposed blade dampers shall be complete with frames
and bronze bearings as per drawings. Dampers and frames shall be constructed out of 1.6mm
steel sheets and blades shall not be over 225mm wide. The dampers for fresh air inlet shall
additionally be provided with fly mesh screen, on the outside, of 0.8mm thickness with fine
mesh.

4.1.6 Wherever required for system balancing, a volume balancing opposed blade damper with
quadrant and thumb screw lock shall be provided.

4.1.7 After completion of the duct work, dampers are to be adjusted and set to deliver air flow as
specified on the drawings.

4.2 Double Louvered Grilles

Saha & Associates 133 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

4.2.1 The supply air grilles shall be fabricated from extruded aluminium sections. The supply air
grilles shall have double adjustable louvers i.e. front horizontal and rear vertical louvers, both
adjustable. The louvers shall be suitable to hold deflection settings under all conditions of
velocity and pressure. The grilles shall be provided with outer frame. The louvers shall be
pivoted in Nylon bushes for smooth operation for return air grilles similar to supply air as
described above will be provided but with out volume control damper. The grilles shall be
painted as per approved powder coated shade.

4.2.2 Volume control dampers in extruded aluminium construction shall be factory fitted for supply
air grilles.

4.2.3 Longer grilles having size more than 45cm shall have intermediate supports for the horizontal
louvers. The sample of grille shall have to be got approved by the consultants before delivery.

4.3 Linear Grilles

4.3.1 The linear supply cum return air grilles shall be fabricated from extruded aluminium
sections. Flanges shall be of minimum 1.3 mm thick extruded aluminium suitable to hold the
louvers tightly in fixed position.

4.3.2 Louvers shall be minimum 3mm thick throughout of extruded aluminium construction with 15
degree deflection unless and until specified otherwise. Grilles shall be provided with
removable/fixed internal core as mentioned in the BOQ. The sample of grille shall have to be
got approved by the consultants before delivery.

4.3.3 All sections of grills shall be powder coated for color and shade as approved by the
Architects to match interior finishes.

4.3.4 Linear grilles at each supply air outlet shall be provided with volume control dampers as
mentioned above and accounted for in BOQ separately. The linear grilles shall be fixed in to
a plenum chamber having GI spacers with concealed screws. End pieces or corner pieces
shall be provided as required.

4.4 Diffusers

4.4.1 Square ceiling diffuser shall be anti-smudge ring type fabricated out of extruded aluminium
sections. The four directional air flow diffuser shall consist of outer ring fixed to duct collar
with concealed screws. Foam gasket shall be provided between outer ring and suspended
ceiling. The central core shall be clip fixed to the outer ring.

4.4.2 Opposed blade volume control damper in extruded aluminium construction shall be fixed to
the neck of diffuser. The damper shall be adjusted after removing the central core.

4.4.3 All sections of diffusers shall be powder coated for color and shade as approved by the
Architects to match interior finishes. The sample of diffuser shall have to be got approved by
the consultants before delivery.

4.5 Multislot Linear Diffuser

Saha & Associates 134 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Linear ceiling diffuser shall be multislot type. The diffuser shall be fabricated out of extruded
aluminium sections. Each slot shall be 19mm wide. Each slot shall be equipped with
air flow direction control louver mechanically fixed. Integral sliding type hit & miss type
volume control damper in extruded aluminium construction shall be provided for each slot
for fine control of air flow in supply air portion only. The damper shall be fabricated out of
anodized extruded aluminium sections.

Other sections of ceiling diffuser shall be powder coated in colour & shade approved by the
Consultants/Architects.

The linear diffuser shall be fixed in to a plenum chamber with concealed screws. Side end
pieces or corner pieces shall be provided if required.

4.6 Air Transfer Grille

4.6.1 Air transfer grilles shall be in extruded aluminium construction. The grilles shall be complete
with single /double frame suitable to be fixed on the door panel from both sides. The central
core shall be no-see-thru type.

4.6.2 The grilles shall be anodized or powder coated in colour and shade as approved by the
Architects. The grilles shall be provided with insect screen.

4.6.3 The ATGs shall be provided at the door of pantry and toilets as shown in the approved
drawings. The sample of grille shall have to be got approved by the consultants before
delivery.

4.7 Plaque Diffusers

4.7.1 Square panel ceiling diffusers shall be in aluminum construction . The diffuser shall have
heavy gauge Aluminum plate panel that shall be housed with removable/fixed arrangement (as
required) in heavy gauge Aluminum aerodynamically designed  plenum housing of 75mm.
Plenum is fitted with integral spigot connector of required dia.  The face panel is removable
by means of invisible brackets. The exposed surface of the face panel shall be smooth, flat,
and free of visible fasteners.

5. Painting

5.1 All grilles and diffusers shall be powder coated at factory prior to delivery at site of
approved color and shade.

5.2 All ducts immediately behind the grilles/diffusers etc. to be applied with two coats of black
paint in matt finish.

6. Fire cum Smoke Dampers

Saha & Associates 135 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Bare Dampers

a. All supply and return air ducts/ return air spaces at AHU room crossings and at all floor
crossings shall be provided with approved make motorized fire and smoke dampers of at least
90 minutes fire rating as certified by CBRI Roorkee, India as per clause 10 of UL:555-1995.
These dampers shall be multi-leaf type –Ruskin.

b. Fire damper blades and outer frame shall be formed out of 1.6mm (16G) galvanized steel
sheet of length as mentioned in the approved for construction shops drawings tilted as AHU
Room Blow Up. The damper blade shall be pivoted on both ends using chrome-plated
spindles in self-lubricated bronze bushes. Stop seals shall be provided on top and bottom of
the damper housing made of 16 gauge galvanized sheet steal. For preventing smoke leakage,
metallic compression side seals shall be provided. Dual side leakage shall be provided for
better structural stability. The construction of the fire damper shall allow maximum free area
to reduce pressure drop and noise in the air passage, in normal position damper blade shall be
held in open position with the help of a 220 V operated electric actuators thereby providing
maximum air pressure without creating any noise or chatter.

c. For wall mounted fire dampers retaining MS angles duly painted with black enamel paint
shall be supplied and installed by HVAC Contactor as per established installation procedure.
Whereas the fire damper is also used for Smoke management (Smoke and fire damper) the
same shall be as per UL-555 S-Class-II.

d. Every motorized fire damper/ Smoke and fire damper shall be tested in the factory and will be
certified by the manufacturer in form of the test certificate.

e. Fire dampers shall also be supplied with spring locked fusible link rated for 72 0C (UL
stamped) to close fire damper in event of rise in duct temperature.

f. For fire dampers/ smoke fire dampers of size higher than one approved by certifying agency
the damper shall be supplied in multiple units of size not exceeding the tested damper by
CBRI. All the multiple units shall be housed in a common factory fitted sleeve.

g. The fire dampers shall be mounted in fire rated wall with a duct sleeve 400mm/ 500mm long
depending upon the wall thickness. The sleeve shall be factory fitted on fire damper. The
joints at sleeve end shall be slip on type. Minimum thickness of galvanized sheet shall be 18
gauge.

h. The damper shall be installed in accordance with the installation method recommended by the
manufacturer.

Actuators

The actuator shall be maintenance free coupled spring return type suitable to work on 24V electric
supply. The torque rating of the actuator shall exceed at least by 15% over torque required to
open/ close the damper. The selection of actuator size shall be the responsibility of the
manufacturer of the fire damper. Spring return time shall be 20 seconds or less at ambient
temperature. Other features of the damper actuator shall be as under:
Saha & Associates 136 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

a. Actuator shall have tamper proof housing with IP-54 protection rating.

b. Actuator shall have mechanical integrity of at least one hour at 900oC.

c. Actuator shall have minimum 600000 safe position at rated torque. It shall be capable to
withstand temperature of 75oC for 24 Hrs.

d. Actuator shall have electronic over load or digital sensing circuit to prevent damage to
actuator.

e. Should be capable of changing direction of rotation by changing mounting orientation .

f. Actuator shall have manual over ride facility.

Damper actuator shall be such that it should close the damper in the event of power failure
automatically and open in the same manner in case of power being restored.

Control Panels

The control panel shall be supplied by damper manufacturer fitted on damper compatible with
damper actuators. The control panel shall have at least following features:

a. Power on lamps with 230 V/ 24 V Transformer.

b. Damper close and open indication.
c. Reset push button.
d. Push button for manual running of actuator for periodic inspection.
e. Auxiliary contacts 24V/ 230V.
f. Contact points to receive signal from smoke detector/ fire alarm panel.
g. Additional terminal shall be provided to have signal (audio or visual) in central control room.

In addition the Control panel shall have following features as well :

 Potential free contacts for AHU fan/Pkg Unit ON/ Off and remote alarm indication.
 Accept signal from external smoke / fire detection system for tripping the electrical
actuator.
 Test and reset facility.
 Indicating lights / contacts to indicate the following status:
 Power Supply On
 Alarm
.
The control panel shall receive 230V A/C supply and interconnecting wiring between control
panel and actuator shall be carried out using fire proof cables.

The Contactor shall ensure that all electrical connections are suitably terminated. The HVAC
Contractor shall also check continuity of electrical circuit as recommended by the manufacture.
Fire damper inspection door will be provided in AC duct to facilitate access to the system.

7. Flexible Ducts

Saha & Associates 137 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The scope of this section comprise supply, installation testing and commissioning of flexible
ducting conforming to these specifications and in accordance with requirements of drawings
and schedule of quantities.

Wherever specified, uninsulated flexible duct shall be made of double lamination of metalized
aluminium film permanently bonded to a coated spring steel wire helix. Duct shall be in tear
and puncture resistant construction.

Wherever insulated flexible ducts are specified, inner & outer core for the same should be
made of aluminium permanently bonded to a coated spring steel wire helix. Fiberglass
insulation of minimum 24Kg/m3 density, 25mm thickness shall be sandwitched in between
inner & outer core.

Care must be taken to install all the flexible duct in fully extended position and bends made
with adequate radius as per manufacturer recommended practices.

8. Testing and Balancing

8.1 After completion of the installation of the complete air distribution system, all ducts shall be
tested for air leaks.

8.2 Before painting the interiors, air distribution system shall be allowed to run continuously for
48 hours for driving away any dust or foreign material lodged within ducts during installation.

8.3 The entire air distribution system shall be balanced using approved anemometer. Air
quantities at the fan discharge and at various outlets shall be identical to, or less than 5 percent
in excess of, those specified and quoted. Leakage in each air distribution system shall be
within 3 percent so that supply air volume at each fan shall be identical to , or no greater than
3 percent in excess of, the total air quantity measured at all supply outlets served by the fan.
Branch duct adjustments shall be made by volume or splitter dampers. Dampers shall be
permanently marked after air balance is complete so that these can be restored to their correct
position if disturbed at any time. Complete air balance report shall be submitted to the
Consulting Engineer for scrutiny and approval, and six copies of the approved report shall be
provided with completion documents.

********************

Saha & Associates 138 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

F. “SPECIFICATIONS - INSULATION”

1. Scope

The scope of this section comprises of supply and application of insulation conforming
to these Specifications and as shown on the drawings & BOQ.

2. Duct Insulation (External)

Material

Insulation material shall be closed cell elastomeric material (nitrile rubber) having fire
retardant Class “O” properties. Density of insulation material shall range between 0.04-0.07
gm/Cucm. Thermal conductivity (K value) at 40 C mean temperature and Service
temperature limit shall be 0.039 W/M.K and –40C to 105C respectively. Water vapour
permeability shall not be less than 7000 Kg/Pa/s.m. Water absorption shall not be more than
1.5% by weight. Insulation material shall have excellent ozone resistance properties.
Excellent Thermal Stability. Insulation material shall be tested for the said properties in
accordance with the relevant international codes including BS 874 Part 2 1986, DIN
52612(K Value), DIN 52615 (Water vapour permeability), BS 476 Part6 & Part7
(Flammability).

Application

Duct insulation shall be applied as follows :

a. External surface of the ducts to be cleaned vigorously to remove dirt and any other
foreign material from the surface of the ducts.

b. Apply Low VOC adhesive Fevicol AC duct King Eco Fresh/equivalent on the surface
of ducts.

c. Wait for around half an hour to develop Tack until the adhesive layer got colorless.

d. Wrap closed cell insulation material having thickness as mentioned in BOQ butting
all joints. All joints to be sealed with adhesive.

3. Accoustic Lining

3.1 Material

Insulation material shall be resin bonded fibre glass. The Thermal conductivity of the
insulation material shall not exceed 0.034 K cal./ hr-SqM C/M or 0.27 Btu/hr sft- F/inch at
32 C (90 F) mean temperature, and density shall not be less than 32 Kg/ CuM (2.0 lb/c.ft).
Thickness of the insulation shall be as specified for the individual application. Samples of
insulation material shall be submitted for approval.

Saha & Associates 139 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

3.2 Application

3.2.1 Duct Lining (Internal)

Acoustical lining of duct wherever specified shall be applied as under :

a. Internal surface of the ducts to be cleaned vigorously to remove dirt and any other
foreign material from the surface of the ducts

b. 22 gauge G.S. Sheet channel frames having size 25mm wide & depth equal to
thickness of insulation to be fixed at maximum 600mm centre, screwed to the
sheet metal using brass metal screws.

c. Fibre Glass blankets of 32 Kg/CuM density and thickness as mentioned in the BOQ
to be fixed in the G.S. sheet channel frame work with joints well butted together.
Thereafter, insulation shall be covered with R.P tissue.

d. Finally cover the insulation with 26 SWG perforated aluminium sheet having at
least 20% perforation with joints overlapped and screwed to the G.S. Sheet
channel frame using brass metal screws, to produce an even surface.

OR

3. Acoustic Lining of Ducts

3.1 Material

Acoustic insulation material shall generally possess the properties mentioned above,
however, insulation material shall be processed Nitrile Rubber Foam having fire retardant
Class “O” properties. Density of insulation material shall range between 140-180 Kg/CuM.
The insulation material shall conform to the international codes including BS 476 Part6 &
Part7 (Flammability).

3.2 Application

Acoustical lining of duct wherever specified shall be applied as under:

a. Internal surface of the ducts to be cleaned vigorously to remove dirt and any other
foreign material from the surface of the ducts

b. Apply Low VOC adhesive Fevicol AC duct King Eco Fresh/equivalent on the surface
of ducts.

c. Wait for around half an hour to develop Tack until the adhesive layer got colorless.

d. Cut foamed sheets into required sizes using sharp knives. Apply adhesive on the foam
and stick it to the duct surface.
Note: Specifications shall be applicable as specified in the BOQ

Saha & Associates 140 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

4. Exposed Ducts Thermal Insulation

Material

Insulation material shall be closed cell elastomeric material (nitrile rubber) having fire
retardant Class “O”. Density of insulation material shall range between 0.04-0.07 gm/Cucm.
Thermal conductivity (K value) at 40 C mean temperature and Service temperature limit
shall be 0.039 W/M.K and –40C to 105C respectively. Water vapour permeability shall not
be less than 7000 Kg/Pa/s.m. Water absorption shall not be more than 1.5% by weight.
Insulation material shall have excellent ozone resistance properties. Excellent Thermal
Stability. Insulation material shall be tested for the said properties in accordance with the
relevant international codes including BS 874 Part 2 1986, DIN 52612(K Value), DIN
52615 (Water vapour permeability), BS 476 Part6 & Part7 (Flammability).

Application

Duct insulation shall be applied as follows:

a. External surface of the ducts to be cleaned vigorously to remove dirt and any other
foreign material from the surface of the ducts.

b. Apply Low VOC adhesive Fevicol 1K PUR FR /Equivalent on the surface of ducts.

c. Wrap closed cell insulation material having thickness as mentioned in BOQ butting
all joints. All joints to be sealed with adhesive.

d. Cover the insulation with necessary glass cloth & ultraviolet (UV) paint towards
protection from atmospheric abuse.

OR

4. Exposed Ducts Thermal Insulation

4.1 General

The insulation of ducts exposed to atmosphere shall be carried conforming to these

Specifications and as shown on the drawings.

4.2 Material

Exposed ducts shall be insulated with rigid preformed sections of TF quality expanded
polystyrene of density not less than 24Kg/CuM and thickness as indicated in the Schedule
of Quantities.

4.3 Application

Method for application of Insulation externally shall be as given hereunder :

Saha & Associates 141 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

a. Duct surface shall be cleaned thoroughly and thereafter apply Low VOC adhesive Fevicol
1K PUR FR /Equivalent on the surface of ducts.

b. TF quality rigid expanded polystyrene insulation material in specified thickness to be fixed

tightly to the surface with joints well butted and secured. All joints to be sealed properly with
adhesive.

c. Cover the insulation with a two layers of 500G polythene sheet to work as vapour barrier.

d. Finally apply necessary glass cloth coating & UV protection paint of approved make to
protect the insulation material from atmospheric abuse.

5. Chilled Water Pipe Insulation

5.1 All chilled water piping shall be insulated using specified insulation material as described
here under :

Material

Insulation material shall be closed cell elastomeric material (nitrile rubber) having fire
retardant Class “O”. Density of insulation material shall range between 0.04-0.07 gm/Cucm.
Thermal conductivity (K value) at 40 C mean temperature and Service temperature limit
shall be 0.039 W/M.K and –40C to 105C respectively. Water vapour permeability shall not
be less than 7000 Kg/Pa/s.m.Water absorption shall not be more than 1.5% by weight.
Insulation material shall have excellent ozone resistance properties. Excellent Thermal
Stability. Insulation material shall be tested for the said properties in accordance with the
relevant international codes including BS 874 Part 2 1986 ,DIN 52612(K Value),DIN
52615 (Water vapour permeability), BS 476 Part6 & Part7 (Flammability).

OR

Chilled water pipes shall be insulated with rigid preformed sections of TF quality expanded
polystyrene of density not less than 24Kg/CuM and thickness as indicated in the Schedule
of Quantities. For a temperature range of 1.1-3.9C and pipe size ranging 12-80mm & 100-
300mm, 75mm & 100mm thick expanded polystyrene material respectively shall be used.
For a temperature range of 4.4-12.2C and pipe size ranging 12-100mm & above
100mm,50mm & 75mm thick expanded polystyrene material respectively shall be used. For
a temperature range of 12.8-15.6C and all pipe sizes 40mm thick expanded polystyrene
material shall be used.

Application

No insulation shall be applied on pipes until the pipes are satisfactorily tested, as specified
in section “PIPING”.

Using closed cell elastomeric insulation

a. Pipes to be thoroughly cleaned with brush & linen and rendered free from all foreign
material and grease.
Saha & Associates 142 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

c. Apply Low VOC adhesive Fevicol 1K PUR FR /Equivalent on the surface of pipes.

c. Closed cell Elastomeric Thermal insulation preferably in tubing form shall be fixed
tightly to the surface.

d. All joints to be sealed properly using same adhesive forming proper bonding.

e. Insulated surface shall be cladded with 24 G aluminium sheet in a neat & clean
manner with joints wall butted to give true surface or to be applied with necessary
glass cloth and UV protection paint achieving smooth surface as specified in BOQ.

Using Expanded Polystyrene insulation

a. Pipes to be thoroughly cleaned with wire brush and rendered free from all foreign
material and grease.

b. One coat of Zinc chromate primer and two coats of CPRX compound shall be
applied on the cleaned pipe surface.

c. TF quality expanded polystyrene rigid sections as mentioned in “Bill of Quantities”

shall be fixed tightly to the surface. All joints to be sealed properly with CPRX
compound.

d. Two layers of 500 G polythene sheet to be wrapped over the insulation to work as
vapour barrier.

e. Insulated surface shall be cladded with 24 G aluminium sheet in a neat & clean
manner with joints wall butted to give true surface.

For chilled water pipes buried in trench, 24 gauge x19mm square mesh GI wire
netting shall be applied over polythene sheet butting all joints and shall be faced down
with 20 gauge GI wire. Finally insulated surface shall be finished with two layers of
sand cement plaster and there after painted with synthetic enamel paint after necessary
curing.

Condensate drain piping and refrigerant piping shall be insulated in the manner specified
above.

All valves, fittings, strainers, etc in chilled water piping shall be insulated to the same
thickness as specified for the main run of piping and applied generally in the manner
specified above, valves bonnets, yokes and spindles shall be insulated in such a manner as
not to cause damage to insulation when the valve is used or serviced.

Chilled water pump shall be insulated to the same thickness as the pipe to which they are
connected and applied generally in the manner specified above. Care shall be taken to apply
the insulation in a manner as to allow the dismantling of pumps without damaging the
insulation.

Saha & Associates 143 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Tanks, wherever required in chilled water piping system i.e. expansion tanks shall be
insulated to the same thickness as for the pipes to which they are connected. The mode of
the insulation shall generally be as above.

***************************

Saha & Associates 144 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

G. “SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL WORK”

1. Scope

In general, the contractor shall supply, store, erect, test and commission all the equipment
required for Electrical Installation. The contractor shall furnish all the materials, labour, tools
and equipments for the electrical work, as shown in the accompanying drawings and in the
bill of quantities and specifications hereinafter described.

2. Definitions

The following abbreviations used in the bill of quantities specifications and drawings
represents:

ISS - Indian Standard specification.

IER - Indian Electricity Rules, 1956.
BS - British Standard (where specifically called for)
BSCP - British Standard Code of Practice (if called for).
HRC - High Rupturing Capacity
GI - Galvanised Iron
MS - Mild Steel
CI - Cast Iron
APLSTS - Aluminium conductor, paper insulated lead sheathed, Double steel tape
armoured and serving.
PVC - Polyvinyl Chloride.
XLPE - Cross Linked Polyethylene.
HT - High Tension.
LT - Low Tension.
A-Amp - Ampere.
KV - Kilo Volts.
PT - Potential Transformers.
CT - Current Transformers.
OCB - Oil circuit Breakers
VCB - Vacuum Circuit Breaker
ACB - Air Circuit Breakers
SFU - Switch fuse Unit
COS - Change Over Switch
CFS - Combination Fuse Switch
MCCB - Moulded Case Circuit Breaker.
MCB - Miniature Circuit Breaker
IC - Iron Clad
ICTPN - Iron Clad Triple Pole and Neutral
ICDP - Iron Clad Double Pole
DB - Distribution Board
KVA - Kilo Volts Ampere.
KVAR - Kilo Volts Ampere - Reactive.
NC - Normally Close
NO - Normally open
SWG - Standard Wire Gauge.
Saha & Associates 145 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

3. REGULATION & STANDARDS

The installation shall conform in all respects to Indian standard Code of Practice for Electrical
Wiring Installation I.S. - 732 and ‘National Electrical Code’. It shall be in conformity with the
current I.E Rules and Regulations and requirements of the local Electric Supply Authority in-
so-far as these become applicable to the installation. Wherever this specification calls for a
higher standard of materials and/or workmanship then those required by any of the above
regulations, this specifications shall take precedence over the said regulations and standards.

In general, the materials, equipments and workmanship not covered by the above, shall
conform to the following Indian Standards (Latest Edition) unless otherwise called for:

SWITCHGEAR

a. Requirements of A.C. Circuit Breakers. : IS 2516 (Part I) Sec.1,2 & 3 (Part-II)

b. Switches and Switch Isolators above 1000V

But Not Exceeding 1.1 KV : IS 4710

c. Markings & arrangements for switchgear

bus-bars, main connection & auxilliary wiring : IS 375

d. Specification for normal duty air break switches

& composites unit for air break switches and fuses
for voltage not exceeding 1000 Volts. : IS 4064

e. Heavy duty air-break switches and composite

units of air-break switches and fuses for
voltages not exceeding 1000 Volts. : IS 4047

f. Specification for miniature circuit breakers. : IS 8828

g. Specification for enclosed distribution, fuse

boards and cut-outs for voltage not exceeding
1000 Volts : IS 2675

h. Installation and maintenance of switchgear. : IS 3072 (Part I)

i. HRC cartridge fuse links 650 Volts. : IS 2208

CABLE & MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS

a. Specification for paper insulated and lead

sheathed cables : IS 692

b. Code of Practice for installation and maintenance

of paper insulated power cables (upto and
including 33 KV) : IS 1255
Saha & Associates 146 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

c. Specification for PVC insulated (Heavy Duty)

electric cables Part-I for Voltage upto 1100 Volts. : IS 1554

d. Specification for PVC insulated cables (for

voltage upto 1100 V) (Part-II) with Aluminium
conductors. : IS 694 (Part-II)

e. Specification for rigid steel conduit for electrical

wiring. : IS 9537

f. Specifications for rigid non metallic conduits for

electrical installations. : IS 9537

g. Specifications for accessories for rigid steel

conduits for Electrical wiring. : IS 3837

h. Box for the enclosure of electrical accessories

steel and C.I. Boxes. : IS 5133 (Part I)

i. 3Pin plugs and sockets outlets : IS 1293

j. Adhesive insulating tapes for Electrical

purposes (Part- I & II) : IS 2448

k. Propeller type AG Ventilating fans : IS 2312

l. Code of Practices for earthing. : IS 3043

m. Glossary of terms for electrical cable and

conductors. : IS 1885

n. Code of Practice for buildings (General)

Electrical installation : IS 1646

o. Current Transformers : IS 2705 (Part-I to III)

p. Voltage Transformer : IS 3156 (Part-I to III)

q. Shunt capacitors for Power system : IS 2834

Direct acting electrical indicating instruments : IS 1246

r. Factory assembled switchgear : IS 8623

s. Rating for Cable : IS 3961 (Part -II)

t. Earthing : IS 3843

4. INSPECTION & APPROVAL OF THE WORK BY LOCAL AUTHORITY

Saha & Associates 147 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

On completion of this work, the contractor shall obtain and deliver to the owners the
certificates of inspection and approval by electrical inspectorate of Local Administration. The
fees paid for inspection will be reimbursed on production of challan/receipt. The contractor
shall include in his rates all charges necessary for getting electrical installation approved
which includes Sub-station, LT distribution, etc. by the Chief Electrical Inspector to the state
government or/ and from any other authority required for this job.

5. INSPECTION OF MATERIALS

The Architect/ owners shall have access to the manufacturer’s premises for inspection of any
items of the tender for which contractor has made arrangement with manufacturer/ suppliers.
All such inspection shall not need any prior intimation by the owners or architects.

6. WORKING DRAWINGS & SHOP DRAWINGS

The contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architects/ owners for approval detailed
working drawings & shop drawings of all MCC/panels ,cable layout, earthing etc.

7. AS BUILT DRAWINGS

At the completion of the work and before issuance of certificate of virtual completion, the
contractor shall submit to the Architect/ employers layout drawings drawn on tracing film
and approved scale indicating the complete wiring as installed.

8. ENGINEER/ SUPERVISOR

The contractor shall employ a competent, licence, qualified full time electrical engineer /
supervisor to direct the work of electrical installations in accordance with the drawings and
specifications. The engineer / supervisor shall be available at all times at the site to receive
instructions from the Architect/employers in any day to day activities throughout the duration
of the contract. The engineer & supervisor shall correlate the progress of the work in
conjunction with all the relevant requirements of the supply authority. The skilled workers
employed for the work should have requisite qualifications and should possess competency
certificate from the Electrical Inspectorate of Local Administration.

9. APPLICATION FOR ELECTRIC SUPPLY/ LIASON

The Contractor shall be responsible for filing and follow up application for electric supply to
the project. The contractor shall carry out all the liason work required for obtaining electric
supply at site commencing from filing of application. This liason shall be deemed to be a part
of the contract.

GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR: MEDIUM VOLTAGE POWER CONTROL

CENTRE AND SWITCH BOARD PANELS:

1.1 GENERAL:

Saha & Associates 148 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Medium voltage power control centres (generally termed as switch board panels) shall be in
sheet steel clad cubicle pattern, free floor standing type, totally enclosed, compartmentalized
design. This specification shall cover the following types of panels :

a) Air circuit breaker panels - Drawout type with single or double tier arrangement as per
design shown on the drawings.

b. Panels with one or more Air circuit breakers with Draw-out arrangement and switch-fuse
units/moulded case circuit breaker of non-drawout design.

c. Panels with switch- fuse unit/moulded case circuit breaker of non- drawout type. However,
the switch-fuse units can have drawout fuse-carriage if a particular make of switch-fuse is
used.

The panels shall generally be of extensible type with provision for bus extension on or both
sides as desired at the time of approved of shop drawings.

1.2 CODE/STANDARDS :

The panels shall generally conform to the requirements of following codes/ specifications:
IS-8623 h) IS-2705
IS-4237 i) IS-722
IS-2147 j) IS-4064
IS-3072 k) IS-2208
IS-375 l) IS-6875
IS-1248 & 2419 m) IS-6005
IS-5082

The equipment shall conform to Indian Electricity Rules as amended upto-date.

The supplier shall examine the provision of these codes and confirm or indicate his comments.

1.3 CONSTRUCTION :

Power control centres/ switch board panels shall of free standing type, with sheet steel
enclosure having following features :

a. The panel shall be constructed of sheet steel of minimum 1.6mm thickness. The internal
frames shall be made of structural steel angles or made up sections (as per standard
design of the manufacturer) specifications of which, shall be submitted along with offers.

b. The panel shall be compartmentalised to accommodate one feeder n each compartment.

The main bus bar chamber shall be provided at the top of panel or bottom of the panel as
required. The compartments shall be arranged in section with metallic/ phenolic barrier in
between.

A vertical cable alley of at least 200mm width shall be provided to serve one/ two vertical
section of feeders. Cable alley shall have hinged door/ doors with rubber gaskets.
Suitable
Saha & Associates 149 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

cable clamping arrangement with slotted steel members shall be provided in the cable
alley. Similarly, vertical bus bar shall be housed in-between two feeder compartments in
a separate bus chambers. The opening between bus chamber and feeder compartments
shall be properly covered with Bakelite/ Hylam sheets of 3mm minimum thickness. The
vertical bus chamber shall be provided with removable bolted covers on the front and
back side. All the interconnecting links to the feeders shall be shrouded so as to avoid
accidental contact, by means of phenolic barriers.

c. Each compartment shall have its own hinged door with concealed hinges. The doors shall
have heavy duty rubber gasket fixed on the inner side of the door. The door shall have
interlocking facility with the feeder unit.

d. The Panel shall have punched openings for mounting meters, lamps, push buttons, relays,
etc.

e. The dimensions of feeder compartments, bus chambers and cable alleys shall be as shown
on the relevant drawings. However, the following minimum dimensions shall be strictly
adhered to :

i. ACB compartment : Drawout -600mm wide x 1000mm deep x

900mm high.

SWITCH FUSE UNITS/MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BRACKER (NON-DRAWOUT

TYPE) :

Up to 63A/ 100A : 300mm wide x 225mm high x 400mm deep

250A : 400mm wide x 400mm high x 400mm deep
400A to 630A : 400mm wide x 500mm high x 400mm wide.
(or vice- versa).

iii. BUS CHAMBER :

Main bus (Horizontal) : 400mm high x 300mm deep

Vertical bus (Feeder bus) : 300mm wide x 400mm deep

Cable alley : Min. 200mm wide.

These dimensions are furnished as a guide and the clearances required in between each live
bus/ link and between bus/ links to the earth (panel wall/ sheet) shall be as per relevant Indian
Standard Code of practice. However, minimum clearance between neutral bus and earth shall
not be less than 25mm. The panel supplier shall furnish detailed sectional drawings and also
arrange to get the panel inspection done at intermediate stages of fabrication to avoid fault
defective febrication of the panels (however, the compliance of these specifications shall
entirely be the suppliers’ responsibility).

1.4 BUS BARS :

Saha & Associates 150 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

a. The bus bars shall be suitable for 3 phase, 4 wire, 415 volts 50 Hz AC supply. The bus bars
shall be made of high conductivity aluminium. The bus bars shall have uniform cross-section
throughout the length. The bus bars shall be designed for carrying rated-current continuosly.
The bus bars and links shall be designed for a maximum temperature of 75 OC. The max.
current density of bus bars shall be as follows:

Copper : 1.86 Ampere/ Sq.mm. of cross section area.

Aluminium : 1.28 Ampere/ Sq.mm. of cross section area.

It may be noted that these ratings are the upper limit to which the bus could be stressed.
Suitable derating factors shall be applied to arrive at the correct cross section of bus bars.

b. Bus bars shall be supported on suitable non hygroscopic, non combustible, material such
as DMC/ SMC at sufficiently close intervals to prevent bus bar sag. All bus bar joints
shall be provided with high tensile steel bolts (electro plated with suitable metal such as
Nickel/ Cadmium), spring washer and nuts so as to ensure good contact. Alternatively,
electroplated/ tinned brass bolts shall be used. The joints shall be formed with fish-plates
on either side of bus bar to provide adequate contact area. Bus supports shall be provided
on either side of joints (max. unsupported distance from the joint 400mm)

c. Power shall be distributed to feeders in dual section by a set of vertical bus bars
(Phases+neutral). Individual module shall be connected to the vertical bus bars through
sleeved connections.

d. Bus bars shall be insulated with PVC sleeves (heat shrink type) with colour coding (Red/
Blue/ Yellow/ Black).

e. The bus bars and their supports shall be able to withstand thermal and dynamic stresses
due to the system short-circuits. The supplier shall furnish calculations alongwith his
drawing establishing the adequacy of bus bars both for continuous duty and short -circuit
rating. Short circuit withstand capacity shall be for one second. Calculations for spacing
of supporting of supports shall also be furnished.

1.5 EARTHING :

The panels shall be provided with a copper earth bus running throughout the width of the
switchboard. Suitable earthing eyes/bolts shall be provided on the main earthing bus to
connect the same to the earth grid at the site. Sufficient number of star washers shall be
provided at the joints to achieve earth continuity between the panels and the sheet metal parts.

1.6 MOUNTINGS :

Panels incorporating switchfuse units shall have suitable compartments of standard width.
Each compartment shall incorporate a heavy duty load break switch fuse and HRC fuses.
Suitable cable termination arrangement shall be provided for switch fuse/ fuse-switch unit
feeders. Equipment shall be provided with proper fastening arrangements to ensure vibration
free operation. Proper designation as given on the respective drawings, shall be provided for
every equipment.

Saha & Associates 151 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Circuit breakers shall be mounted such that they are accessible from the front of the panel.
More than two circuit breakers shall not be incorporated in a vertical section. The breakers
compartment shall be divided into two parts, one for the breaker and the other for
incorporating associated control gear. The necessary instrumentation shall be provided on the
door of the compartment.

1.7 INTERLOCKING

The panels shall be provided with the following interlocking arrangements :

a. The door of the feeder compartments is so interlocked with the switch drive or handle
that the door can be opened only if the switch is in “OFF” position. De-interlocking
arrangement shall also be provided for inspection.

b. It shall not be possible for the breakers to be withdrawn when in “ON” position.

c. It shall not be possible for the breakers to be switched “ON” unless it is either in fully
inserted position or for testing purposes it in fully isolated position.

d. The breaker shall be capable of being racked into “testing”, “isolated” and
maintenance position and kept in any of these positions.

e. A safety catch to ensure that the movement of the breaker as it is withdrawn, is

checked before it is completely out of the cubicle shall be provided.

1.8 PROTECTION AND INSTRUMENTATION :

Protection and instrumentation shall be as per standard specification.

1.9 WIRING

All the interconnections between the incoming, bus and the outgoings of 100A and above
rating shall be done by insulated links/ strips of suitable sizes. Switch fuses and equipments
below 100A rating shall be wired with PVC insulated copper conductors. The wiring for
instrumentation protection and control equipment shall be carried out with PVC insulated
flexible copper conductors.

The Power interconnections shall be carried out by means of bolted connections with
washers. The wiring shall be terminated by using crimping sockets. Wring shall be laid out
neatly in bunches which are fastened to the steel members of the panel. All the potential
circuits shall be protected by fuses mounted near the tap-off point from the main connections.

1.10 TERMINALS:

All the control, instrumentation and protection wiring shall be provided with printed PVC
ferrules at both ends. For terminating control cables on to the equipment in the panels,
suitable terminals blocks shall be provided. The terminal shall also be numbered for easy
identification and maintenance.

Saha & Associates 152 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1.11 SURFACE TREATMENT

All sheet metal accessories and components of power, control centres and switchboard panels
shall be thoroughly cleaned, degreased, derusted and phosphatised before redoxide primer is
applied. The panel shall be stove enameled to the required final finish. The interior surfaces
of the panel shall also be painted to required shade. The supplier shall indicate in his offer, if
there is any deviation from the treatment specified above.

1.12 ENCLOSURES

The panel enclosure shall be dust and vermin proof and shall be suitable for indoor
installation. Enclosure design shall be in accordance with the requirements of IP 54 as per IS-
2147-1962. The supplier shall confirm whether this requirement is met and a type test
certificate furnished. If type test certificate for IP-54 is not available, the same shall be
brought out clearly in his offer.

1.13 NAME PLATE

The panel as well as the feeders compartment doors shall be provided with name plates
giving the switchboard/ feeder descriptions as indicated on the drawings.

1.14 TESTING

The power control centres shall be tested at factory after assembling of all components and
completion of all interconnections and wiring. Tests shall be coducted in accordance with the
requirements relevant IS Codes/ specifications.

INSULATION TEST

a. Insulation of the main circuit, that is, the insulation resistance of each pole to the
earth and that between the poles shall be measured.

b. Insulation resistance to earth of all secondary wiring should be tested with 1000V
megger.

c. Insulation test shall be carried out both before and after high voltage test.

HIGH VOLTAGE TEST :

A high voltage test with 2.5KV one minute shall be applied between the poles and earth. Test
shall be carried out on each pole in turn with the remaining poles earthed. All units racked in
position and the breakers closed. Original test certificate shall be submitted along with panel.

1.15 STORING, ERECTION AND COMMISSIONING

a. STORING

The panels shall be stored in a well ventilated, dry places. Suitable polythene covers shall
be provided for necessary protection against moisture.
Saha & Associates 153 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

b. ERECTION

Switchboards shall be installed on suitable foundation. Foundation shall be as per the

dimensions supplied by the panel manufacturer. The foundation shall be flat and level.
Suitable grouting holes shall be provided in the foundation. The switch boards shall be
properly aligned and bolt000ed to the foundation by atleast four bolts. Cable shall
terminated on the bottom plate or top plate as the case may be, by using brass
compression glands. The individual cables shall then be lead through the panel to the
required feeder compartments for necessary terminations. The cables shall be clamped to
the supporting arrangement. The switch board earth bus shall be connected to the local
earth grid.

c. PRECOMMISSIONING TESTS :

Panels shall be commissioned only after the successful completion of the following tests. The
tests shall be carried in the presence of engineer-in-charge.

i. All main and auxiliary bus bar connections shall be checked and tightened

ii. All wiring terminations and bus bar joints shall be checked and tightened.

iii. Wiring shall be checked to ensure that it is according to the drawing.

iv. All wiring shall be tested for insulation resistance by a 1000V megger.

v. Phase sequence/ rotation shall be estimated.

vi. Suitable injection tests shall be applied to all the measuring insuring instruments to
establish the correctness and accuracy of calibration and working order.

vii. All relays and protective devices shall be tested for correctness of settings and
operation by introducing a current generator and an ammeter in the circuit.

GENERAL SPCIFICATION FOR : MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

1.1 GENERAL :

Moulded case circuit breakers or fuse free breaker shall be incorporated in the switch board
wherever specified. MCCBS shall conform to BS : 3871 Part II or JIS-C-8370 in all respects.
MCCBS shall be suitable either for single phase 230V or three phase 415volts.

1.2 CONSTRUCTION :

The MCCB and case shall be made of high strength heat resistant and flame retardant thermo-
setting insulating material. Operating handle shall be quick make/quick break, trip-free type.
The operating handle shall have suitable “ON”, “OFF” and “TRIPPED” indicators. Three
phase MCCBS shall have a common operating handle for simultaneous operation and
tripping of all the three phase. Suitable arc extinguishing device shall be provided for each
Saha & Associates 154 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

contact. Tripping unit shall be of thermal-megnetic type provided on each pole and connected
by a common trip bar such that tripping of any one pole actuates three poles to open
simultaneously. Thermal magnetic/tripping device shall have IDMT characteristics for
sustained over loads and short circuits. Contact tips shall be made of suitable are resistant,
sintered alloy for long electrical life. Terminals shall be of liberal design with adequate
clearances.

1.3 ACCESSORIES :

MCCBS shall be provided with the following accessories, if specified in schedule of

quantities:

i. Under voltage release

ii. Shunt release
iii. Alarm Trip alarm
iv. Auxiliary contacts.

1.4 INTERLOCKING :

Moulded case circuit breakers shall be provided with the following interlocking devices for
interlocking the door of switch board:

a. Handle interlock to prevent unnecessary manipulation of the breaker.

b. Door interlock to prevent the door being opened when the breaker is in “ON” position.
c. De-interlocking device to open the door even, if the breaker is in “ON” position.

1.5 RUPTURING CAPACITY:

The moulded case circuit breaker shall have a returning capacity of not less that 10KA Rms
at 415 volts. Wherever required, higher rupturing capacity breakers to meet the system short
circuit fault shall be used. All such ratings shall be as per equipment schedule/B.O.Q.

1.6 TESTING:

a. Original certificate of the MCCBS as per BS:3871 or JS-C-8370 shall be furnished.

b. Pre-commissioning tests on the switch boards panel incorporating the MCCB shall be
done as per specifications.

GENERAL SPCIFICATION FOR: MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES

1.1 TYPE :

Medium voltage cables shall be aluminium conductor, PVC insulated, PVC sheathed and
steel wire armoured or steel tape armoured construction. Aluminium conductors up to
10sq.mm. may be solid, circular in cross section, and sizes above 10sq.mm. shall be stranded.
Sector shaped stranded conductors shall be used for sizes above 25sq.mm. The cable shall
conform to IS 1554 (Part I).

1.2 RATING
Saha & Associates 155 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The cable shall be rated for a voltage of 650/1100 Volts.

1.3 CONSTRUCTION

The conductors for power cables shall be made of electrical purity aluminium & that for
control cable from annealed high conductivity copper. The conductors shall be insulated with
high quality PVC base compound. A command covering (bedding) shall be applied over the
laid up cores by extrusion or wrapping of a filling material containing unvulcanized rubber or
thermoplastic material, armouring shall be applied over the inner shath of bedding, over the
armouring a tough outer sheath of PVC sheathing shall be extruded. The outer sheath shall
bear the manufacturers name and trade mark at every 30 meter interval.

1.4 CORE IDENTIFICATION :

Core shall be provided with the following colour scheme of PVC insulation.

i. Core : Red/Black/Yellow/Blue
ii. Core : Red and Black
iii. Core : Red, Yellow, and Blue
iv. 3.5/4 core : Red, Yellow, Blue and black.

1.5 CURRENT RATINGS :

The current rating shall be based on the following conditions.

i. Maximum conductor temperature : 70OC

ii. Ambient air temperature : 40OC/50OC
iii. Ground temperature : 70OC
iv. Depth of laying : 75cm

1.6 SHORT CIRCUIT RATING:

Short circuit ratings for the cables shall be as specified in IS : 1554 Part -I.

1.7 SELECTION OF CABLES :

Cables have been selected considering the conditions of the maximum connected load,
ambient temperature, grouping of cables & the allowable voltage drop. However, the
contractor shall recheck the sizes before the cables are fixed and connected to the service.

a. Storing
All the cables shall be supplied in drums. On receipt of cables at site, the cables shall be
inspected and stored in drums with flanges of the cable drums in vertical position.

b. Laying

Saha & Associates 156 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Cables shall be laid as per the specifications given below. The system adopted for this
job shall be as per BOQ :

i. Cable on Tray/ Racks:

Cables shall be laid on cable trays/ racks wherever specified. Cable racks/trays
shall be of ladder, trough or channel design suitable for the purposes. The nominal
depth of the trays/ racks shall be 150mm. The width of the trays shall be as per the
design shown on drawing. The cable trays shall be made of steel or aluminium.
The trays/ racks shall be completed with end plates, tees, elbows, risers, and all
necessary hardware. Steel trays/ Rack shall be painted with two coats of enamel
paint of approved shade over a coat of red oxide primer. Cable trays shall be
erected properly to present a neat and clean appearance. Suitable cleats or saddles
made of aluminium strips with PVC covering shall be used for securing the cables
to the cable trays. The cable trays shall comply with following requirements :

1. The trays shall have suitable strength and rigidity to provide adequate supports for
all contained cables.

2. It shall not present sharp edged, burrs or projections injurious to the insulation of
the wiring/ cables.

3. If made of metal, it shall be adequately protected against corrosion or shall be

made of corrosion resistant material.

4. It shall have side rails or equivalent structural members.

5. It shall include fittings or other suitable means for changes in direction and
elevation of runs.

1.9 INSTALLATION

1. Cable trays shall be installed as a complete system. Trays shall be supported properly
from the building structure. The entire cable tray system shall be rigid.

2. Each run of the cable tray shall be completed before the installation of cables.

3. In portion where additional protection is required, non combustible covers/ enclosures

shall be used.

4. Cable tray shall be exposed and accessible.

GENERAL SPECIFICAITON FOR: EARTHING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK

1.1 General

All non-current carrying metal parts of the electrical installation shall be earthed as per IS:
3043. All metal conduits, trunkings, cable armour, switchgear, distribution boards, meter,
light fixtures, fans and all other metal parts forming part of the work shall be bonded
Saha & Associates 157 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

together and connected by two separate and distinct conductors to earth electrodes. Earthing
shall also be in conformity with the provisions of Rules 32, 61, 62, 67 & 68 of IER 1956.
These specifications apply to both copper and GI earthing system. The material to be used
shall be as per that give in BOQ.

1.2 Earthing Conductors

1.2.1 All earthing conductors shall be of high conductivity copper or GI and shall be protected
against mechanical damage and corrosion. The size of earth conductors shall not be less than
half that of the largest current carrying conductor. The connection of earth continuity
conductors to earth bus and earth electrodes shall be strong and sound and shall be easily
accessible. The earth tapes shall be joined together using double rivets. The earthing
conductor shall be laid in cable trenches, cable trays or conduits or on cable by using
suitable clamps made of non-ferrous metals compatible with the earthing conductor. The
following earthing conductors and required to be used for various sections of the
installations.

a. 10SWG bare copper wire or GI wire.

b. All single phase switches and DBs above 30A and upto 63A rating shall be earthed with
one run of 8SWG bare copper wire or GI wire.

c. All three phase switches/ DBs upto 30A rating shall be earthed with 2 runs of 10SWG
copper wire/ GI wire.

d. All three phase switches/ DBs above 30A and upto 63A shall be earthed with 2 runs of 8
SWG copper wires/ GI wires.

e. All three phase switches/DBs above 63A and upto 100A shall be earthed with 2 runs of
25x3mm Copper Strip/GI Strip.

f. All three phase switches/DBs of 200A rating and above shall be earthed with 2 runs of
25x6mm copper Strip / GI Strip.

g. All motor frames shall be earthed by two earthing conductors of specified cross section.

h. Earth conductors shall be properly terminated with bolts to the frames of panels/eqpts.
And provided with crimped sockets in case of wires.

i. Main earth bus shall be taken from the main medium voltage panel to the earth electrodes.
The number of electrodes required shall be arrived at taking into consideration the
anticipated fault on the medium voltage net-work and soil resistivity.

j. All the sub mains and sub circuits shall be provided with earth continuity conductors as
specified and connected to the main earth bus. Earthing conductors for equipment shall be
run from the exposed metal surface of the equipment and connected to a suitable point on
the sub main or main earthing bus. All switches shall be connected through double earthing
conductor to the earth bus. Earthing conductors shall be terminated at the equipment using
suitable lugs, bolts, washers and nuts.
Saha & Associates 158 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

k. All conduits, cable armouring, raceway, rising mains, etc. shall be connected to the earth all
along their run by earthing conductors of suitable cross sectional area, sprinkler, pipes, LPG
pipes, water pipes, steel structural elements, cable trays/ racks lighting conductors shall not
used as a means of earthing an installation. The electrical resistance of earthing conductors
shall be low enough to permit the passage of fault current necessary to operate a fuse/
protective device a circuit breaker and shall not exceed 2 ohms. As rough guide the
following sizes of earth continuity conductors shall be used for circuit wiring.

Size of circuit wires/ cables Size of copper or GI earth wires

a. 2.5 sq.mm. 16 SWG or 1.5sq.mm. Cu. PVC insulated

b. 4 sq.mm. 14 SWG or 2.5sq.mm. Cu. PVC insulated
c. 6 sq.mm. 12 SWG or 2.5sq.mm. Cu. PVC insulated
d. 10 sq.mm./ 16 sq.mm. 8 SWG or 4.0sq.mm. Cu. PVC insulated
e. 25 sq.mm. / 35 sq.mm. 6 SWG or 6.0sq.mm. Cu. PVC insulated

All Single phase wiring have one run of earth wire and three phase wiring shall be provided
with two runs of earth wires.

1.4 PRECAUTIONS :

1.4.1 Earthing system shall be mechanically robust and the joints shall be capable of retaining low
resistance even after passages of fault currents.

1.4.2 Joints shall be soldered, tinned and double rivertted in case of copper and joints shall be
filed and doubled rivertted in case of GI. All the joints shall be mechanically, electrically,
continuous and effective.

1.5 TESTING :

1.5.1 On the completion of the entire installation, the following tests shall be conducted.

a. Earth resistance of electrodes.

b. Earth loop impedance as per IS L 3043/NEC.

1.5.2 All meters, instruments and labour required for the tests shall be provided by the contractor.
The results shall be submitted in triplicate to the engineer-in-charge for approval.

Other Components

5.13.1Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB)

The MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) shall conform to the latest IEC 947-2 & IEC 947-
3–1989. The Service Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (Ics at 415VAC) should be as specified
at the required level.
The MCCB shall be Current Limiting type and comprise of Quick Make – Break switching
mechanism, preferably Double Break Contact system, arc extinguishing device and the
Tripping unit, contained in a compact, high strength, heat resistant, flame retardant, insulating
Saha & Associates 159 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

moulded case with high withstand capability against thermal and mechanical stresses. All
MCCBs shall be capable of defined Variable overload adjustment. All MCCBs rated
200Amps and above shall have adjustable Magnetic short circuit pick up.

The trip command shall over ride all other commands. The MCCB shall employ maintenance
free double break contact system to minimize the let thru energies and capable of achieving
discrimination up to the full short circuit capacity of the downstream MCCB. The
manufacturer shall provide both the discrimination tables and let thru energy curves. The
MCCB shall not be restricted to Line/ Load connections.

The handle position shall give positive indication of ‘ON’, ‘OFF'’ or ‘Tripped’ thus qualifying
to Disconnection as per the IEC947-3 indicating the true position of all the contacts. In case of
4 pole MCCB the neutral shall be defined and capable of offering protection . MCCBs
controlling motors should be suitable for motor protection.

5.13.2 Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)

Miniature Circuit Breaker shall comply with IEC898 – 1996. The Miniature circuit breakers
(MCB) shall be quick make and break type for 230 / 415 VAC 50 Hz application with
thermal magnetic releases for over current and short circuit protection. The Breaking
capacity shall not be less than 10 KA at 415VAC. MCBs shall be DIN mounted. The
MCB shall be Current Limiting type (Energy Class–3). MCBs shall be classified (B,C,D as
per the IEC 898 standards) as per their Tripping characteristic curves defined by the
manufacturer. The MCB shall have the minimum power loss (Watts) per pole defined as
per the IS/IEC and the manufacturer shall publish the values.

The housing shall be heat resistant and having a high impact strength. The terminals shall be
protected against finger contact to IP20 Degree of protection . All DP, TP and TPN
miniature circuit breakers shall have a common trip bar independent to the external operating
handle.

5.13.3 Switch Fuse Units

a. High rupturing capacity fuse (HRC Fuse) shall carry ISI mark on it and shall be rated
for duty as indicated on the drawing/schedule of Quantities. The rating of HRC fuse
shall be as per the rating of motor/equipment. The rating of fuse shall be selected so as
to provide discrimination.

b. The switch fuse units shall be three pole double break action with switched neutral. All
switch fuse units shall be provided with the hinged doors duly interlocked with
operating mechanism so as to prevent opening of the door when the switch is ‘ON’
position and also to prevent energizing the switch when the door is not properly
secured. All contacts shall be silver plated and alive parts shall be shrouded. High
rupturing capacity (HRC) fuse links shall be provided with switch fuse units and
shall have rupturing capacity of not less than 31 MVA at 415 volts. All switch fuse
units shall be provided with visible indicators to show that they are in ‘ON or OFF’
position. All switch units shall be of AC-23 category.

Saha & Associates 160 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

5.13.4 Motor Starter

The Motor Starter shall be a combination starter consisting of motor protection circuit breaker
and suitable contactor for remote starting.

a. Motor protection circuit breaker

The motor protection circuit breaker must comply to the latest IEC 947-4 and the
corresponding IS 13947-4. The motor protection circuit breaker should be suitable
for AC3 duty at 415V. The motor protection circuit breaker should offer built in
coordinated overload and short circuit protection. The motor protection circuit breaker
should have built in single phase / phase loss preventor. The motor protection circuit
breaker should offer separate ON/OFF indication and Fault signal contacts which
should be wired onto the panel for indication. The motor protection circuit breaker
should offer Type 2 coordination along with the contactor.

b. Contactors

The contactor should be suitable for AC3 duty at 415V and should comply to the latest
IEC 947-4 and the corresponding IS 13947-4. The contactor should have minimum 10
x IE rated making / breaking capacity as per the latest standard. The same should be
suitable for Type 2 coordination along with motor protection circuit breaker. The
contactor should have Class H insulation for the coil to prevent heating and to
facilitate frequent start / stop function without heating.

5.13.5 Earth Leakage CB/ Residual Current CB

The ELCB/RCCB shall comply with IEC 1008. The ELCB/RCCB shall current operated
independent of the line voltage. ELCB / RCCB shall work on the principle of core balance
transformer. The ELCB / RCCB shall be rated for current sensitivity of a Min of 30mA and a
Max of 300mA at 240 / 415VAC.The terminals shall be protected against finger contact to
IP20 degree of protection. The ELCB / RCCB shall have a minimum of 20,000 electrical
operations.

Testing Provision for the Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker

A test device shall be incorporated to check the integrity of the earth leakage detection system
and the tripping mechanism. When the unit is connected to service, pressing the test knob
shall trip the ELCB and the operating handle shall move to the "OFF" position.

5.13.6 Air Circuit Breaker (ACB) :

The ACB shall conform to IEC 947-2-1989 & IS 13947 (Part –2). The Service Short Circuit
Breaking Capacity shall be as specified and equal to the Short circuit Withstand Values. The
ACB shall be provided for controlling the in coming supply feeder or as required and
specified in schedule. Shall be available in 3 or 4 pole with modular construction, fixed or
draw out, manually or electrically operated versions as specified. ACB shall be capable of
providing short circuit, overload and earth fault protection (in absolute values ) if required,

Saha & Associates 161 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

through microprocessor based control unit sensing the true RMS values to ensure accurate
measurement meeting the EMI/ EMC requirement as per the standard.

The breaker should have 3 distinct positions – SERVICE /TEST / ISOLATED within the
cubicle. It should be possible to withdraw the breaker for testing with the door closed. Safety
interlock must be provided to prevent the ACB from falling out in a fully withdrawn position.
The ACB shall be provided with a door interlock. The contacts should be copper and silver
plated only with a feature of contact wear inspection indicating the life of the contacts. The
ACB shall have double insulation (Class-II) with moving and fixed contacts totally enclosed
for enhanced safety and inaccessibility to live parts.

All electrical closing of breaker should be with Electrical motor wound stored energy spring
closing mechanism with Mechanical indicator to provide. ON/ OFF status of ACB.

For all ACBs the Operating handle should be provided for charging the spring in continuous
action. The spring shall be released with ON / OFF push button command in one operation at
the correct speed independent of operator speed. A direct mechanical coupling should
indicate the ACB in ON or OFF position thus qualifying to Disconnection as per the IS/IEC
indicating the true position of all the contacts. One set of NO / NC potential free contacts to be
provided for operation on Building Management System. All accessories like shunt, under
voltage motorized mechanism etc shall be front mounted, requiring no adjustments and can be
fitted at site.

The manufacturer shall provide details of opening time and deration with temperature to
ensure discrimination and proper selection for feeders protection. All ACBs of 4000 A and
above shall be a single ACB and Tandom operated will not be acceptable.

5.13.7 SAFETY FEATURES :

1. The safety shutter shall prevent inadvertent contact with isolating contacts when
breaker is withdrawn from the Cradle.
2. It should not be possible to interchange two circuit breakers of two different thermal
ratings.
3. There should be a provision of positive earth connection between fixed and moving
portion of the ACB either thru connector plug or sliding solid earth mechanism.
4. Earthing bolts must be provided on the cradle or body of fixed ACB.
Arc Chute covers should be provided wherever necessary.
5. The incoming panel accommodating ACB shall be provided with indicating lamps for
ON-OFF positions, voltmeter and ammeter of size not less than 96mm x 96mm,
selector switches, fuses for potential circuit and current transformers.
6. It should be possible to bolt the draw out frame not only in connected position but also
in TEST and DISCONNECTED position to prevent dislocation due to vibration and
shocks.

5.13.8 PROTECTIONS

1. The Electro magnetic and thermal release or Microprocessor based unit should be
provided on circuit breaker for short circuit , over current and earth fault protection
with adjustable settings.
Saha & Associates 162 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

2. Specific LED indications should be provided for over current and earth fault operation.
3. Relays should be CT operated through shunt trip for short circuit and earth fault
protection.
4. Under voltage relays should be provided.
5. Minimum 6 NO and 6 NC auxiliary contacts shall be provided on each breaker. The
contacts shall be rated 5 Amps.
6. Rated insulation voltage is 1000 volts AC.

5.13.9 Push Button Stations

Push button stations shall be provided for manual Start & Stop of equipment. Push button
shall have ON & OFF indicating lamp in red and green colour. Push button shall be
fabricated in 16 gauge sheet steel.

These station shall be factory fabricated. ON & OFF operations shall be carried out from front
without opening the door. One set of NO & NC contact shall be provided in push button
station as spare.

5.13.10Toggle Switch

The toggle switch shall be of minimum 5 Amps rating.

5.13.11Thermal Overload

The relay shall be factory calibrated, sealed and suitable for an ambient temperature at site or
50 deg C whichever is higher.

It should provide reliable and accurate protection against overload, single phasing and locked
rotor conditions. Relays are to be provided with :

(a) Trip alarm contact

(b) Trip lever for testing
(c) Auto reset facility
Rated insulation voltage shall be 660 volts AC.

5.14 Instruments

a. General :

The specifications hereinafter laid down shall cover all the meters and instruments.

b. Instrument Transformers

(i). Current Transformers

Current transformers shall be in conformity with IS : 2705 (Part I,II,III & IV)
in all respects . All current transformers used for medium voltage applications
shall be rated for 1 KV. However, the rated secondary current shall be 5 A

Saha & Associates 163 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

unless otherwise specified. The acceptable minimum class of various

applications shall be as given below :

Measuring : Class 0.5 to 1

Protection : Class 10 p

Current transformers shall be capable of withstanding without damage,

magnetic and thermal stresses due to short circuit fault of 35 MVA on medium
voltage system. Terminals of the current transformers shall be marked
permanently for easy identifications of poles. Current transformers shall be
provided with earthing terminals, for earthing chasis frame work and fixed part
of the metal casing (If any). Each CT shall be provided with rating plate
indicating the following :

i. Name and make

ii. Serial Number
iii. Transformation Ratio
iv. Rated Burden
v. Rated Voltage
vi. Accuracy Class

Current transformers shall be mounted such that they are easily accessible for
inspection, maintenance and replacement. The wiring for CT’s shall be copper
conductor, PVC insulated wires with proper termination lugs and wiring shall
be bunched with cable straps and fixed to the panel structure in a neat & clean
manner.

c. Potential Transformers

Potential transformers shall be provided if specifically called for potential transformers

shall comply with the requirements of IS : (Part I,II,III) in all respects.

d. Measuring Instruments

i. General

Direct reading electrical instruments shall be in conformity with IEC-51,

BS:89 or IS :1248. The accuracy of direct reading shall be 1.0 for voltmeters
and 1.5 for ammeters. Other type of instruments shall have accuracy of 1.5.
The meters shall be suitable for continuous operation between -10 deg C and
+50 deg C. All meters shall be of flush mounting type with square pattern.
The meter shall be enclosed in a dust tight housing . The meters shall be
provided with white dials and black scale markings. The pointer shall be black
in colour and shall have zero position adjustment device which could be
operated from outside.

ii. Ammeters

Saha & Associates 164 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Ammeters shall be of moving-iron type. The moving part assembly shall be

with jewel bearings. The jewel bearing shall be mounted on a spring to prevent
damage to pivot due to vibrations and shocks. The ammeters shall be
manufactured and calibrated as per the latest edition of IS: 1248 or BS:89.
Ammeters shall be instrument transformer operated, and shall be suitable for 5
A secondary.

Upto 30 Amps the ammeter shall be direct operated without current

transformer on one phase only. Beyond 30 Amps the ammeter shall be CT
operated with selector switch.

iii. Voltmeters

Voltmeters shall be of moving-iron type. The range for 400 volts, 3 phase
voltmeters shall be 0 to 500 volts. The voltmeter shall be provided with
protection fuse of suitable capacity.
5.15 Earthing

a. General

All non-current carrying metal parts of the electrical installation shall be earthed as per
IS-3043. All metal conduits, trunking, cable sheathes, switchgear, distribution boards
and all other metal parts forming part of the work shall be bonded together and
connected by two separate and distinct conductors to control panel. Earthing shall
meet the requirements of IER 1956.

b. Earthing Conductor

All earthing conductors shall be of high conductivity copper as specified and shall be
protected against mechanical damage and corrosion. The size of the earth conductor
shall not be less than half of the largest size of the current carrying conductor. The
connection of the earth continuity conductor of earth and earth electrodes shall be
strong and sound and shall be rigidly fixed to the walls, cable trenches, cable trays or
conduits and cables by using suitable clamps made of non ferrous metals. Incoming
power supply along with earthing upto MCC/AHU control panel shall be provided by
other agency. The panel shall be earthed to building main earthing. The motor shall be
double earthed to the panel.

The earthing shall be done with wires/flat as under :

S.No. Equipment Size of Earth Wire/Strip

GI Copper
01. Motors Upto 5 HP 2 Nos 8 SWG 2 Nos. 14 SWG
02. Motors Upto 15 Hp 2 Nos 8 SWG 2 Nos 12 SWG
03. Motors Upto 30 HP 2 Nos 4 SWG 2 Nos. 8 SWG
04. Motors Upto 50 HP 2 Nos 25x6mm 2 Nos. 4 SWG
Flat
05. Motors above 50 HP 2 Nos 32x6mm 2 Nos. 25x3mm
Flat. Flat.
Saha & Associates 165 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Packaged unit electrical panel shall generally be wall mounted type. Above stated
specifications shall also stand good where applicable. The packaged unit motor shall be
double earthed with two independent earth conductors as per the Indian Electricity
Rules & Regulations-1956.

************************

Saha & Associates 166 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

PREAMBLE TO BILL OF QUANTITY

1. All equipment described hereafter shall be in accordance with the specifications.

2. All equipment shall be selected and installed for the lowest operating noise level.

3. Supply of various equipment shall include all expenses for correspondence with
manufacturers, submission of shop drawings, documents and their approval by the Architects ,
procurement of equipment, transportation, shipping, payment of all taxes and levies, storage,
supply of equipment at the point of installation, furnishing all technical literature required,
replacement of defective components and warranty obligations for the individual equipment.

4. Installation of various equipment shall include all material and labour associated with hoisting
and lowering of equipment in position, insulation of the components and vibration isolation as
required, grouting & anchoring or suspension arrangements and all incidentals associated with
the installation as per the specifications and manufacturer’s recommendation.

5. Vibration isolators as specified or as recommended by the manufacturer shall be installed with

each component. Performance ratings, power consumption and sound power data for each
component shall be verified at the time of testing and commissioning of the installation,
against the data submitted with the tenders.

6. Shop coats of paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off
with mineral spirit, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with
enamel paint to match the finish over the adjoining shop painted surfaces.

7. Testing and commissioning shall include furnishing all labour, materials, equipment,
instruments and incidentals necessary for complete testing of each component as per the
specifications & manufacturer’s recommendations, submission of test results to the
Owners/Architects, obtaining their approval and submission of necessary completion
documents & drawings. Providing minor dressing of walls and floor, providing and installing
pipe sleeves as required and treatment to pipes as per the specifications.

8. All piping should be installed conforming to the relevant Indian Standards, approved shop
drawings and the specifications. All water re- circulation piping should be tested as per the
specifications.

9. Piping installation should include all costs towards supplying and fixing of pipes and fittings
(elbows, tees, reducers) cutting, threading, joining, welding, soldering and affecting
connections are required, providing non- hardening sealing material as well as rubber gaskets
for screwed flanges, providing and installing adequate number of clamps, hangers, saddles,
brackets, rawl plugs and other accessories for pipe supports, providing minor dressing of
walls and floor, providing and installing pipe sleeves as required and treatment to pipes as per
the specifications.

10. Exposed steel pipes shall be given two coats of approved paint as per the relevant Indian
Standards for color coding of pipes and direction of flow of fluid in the pipes shall be visibly
marked with identifying arrows.

Saha & Associates 167 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

11. Valves, union, strainers, drain, air- valves, expansion joints, pressure gauges and thermometers
shall be provided in the various pipe lines as per the approved shop drawings and
specifications.

12. After completion of the installation, the entire piping system shall be tested for leak in
accordance with the specifications.

13. All ducts shall be fabricated and installed conforming to the relevant Indian Standards,
approved shop drawings and the specifications.

14. Duct installation shall include fabricating and installing the ducts, splitter dampers, turning
vanes, distribution grids within the ducts in position extruded aluminium hardware fittings
such as handles thunder bolts hinges, factory fabricated access door and providing , installing ,
MS hangers with dash fasteners, foam rubber insertions, nuts, bolts and screws as required.
Making all joints air tight using rubber insertions in addition multi-louvered manually
adjustable dampers shall be provided in various branch ducts as required or shown on
drawings for proper balancing of air flow. All primer coated MS hangers, dampers, base
frames etc. shall be painted with black enamel paint.

15. All registers and diffusers shall be provided with a soft continuous rubber gaskets between
their periphery and the surface on which these have to be mounted.

16. MS registers and diffusers shall be given, at the factory, a rust resistant primer coat and
enamel paint finish of approved color. Aluminium grilles and diffusers shall be fabricated out
of extruded aluminium sections.

17. After completion of the installation, the entire air distribution system shall be tested for leaks
and balanced in accordance with the specifications.

18. All equipment and material to be supplied under this contract shall be conforming to the
relevant latest Indian Standards and international standards as applicable.

19. Appropriate troughs in the suspended ceiling be provided for terminating duct collars for
diffusers and grilles by other agencies to achieve desired interior finishes.

20. Contractor to verify the static pressure of various air handling units and Head of pumps in
accordance with the approved for construction shop drawings before selection of motor.

21. Mode of Measurement

The mode of measurement for the various items, unless otherwise specified, shall be as
follows:

21.1 Ducting

Payment for ducting shall be made on the basis of the external surface area of the ducting
including all material and labour for installed duct.

Saha & Associates 168 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The rates per Sft of the external surface shall include MS angle iron /GSS flanges, gaskets
for joints, nuts & bolts , duct supports & hangers, vibration isolation pads or suspenders,
dash fasteners, inspection doors, dampers, turning vanes, major hardwares such as
thunder bolts, hinges, handles in extruded aluminium construction and any other item which
will be required to complete the duct installation except external insulation and acoustic
lining.

The external area shall be calculated by measuring the overall width and depth (including the
corner joints) in the centre of the duct sections and overall length of each duct section from
flange face incase of duct lengths with uniform cross section. Total area will be arrived at by
adding up the areas of all duct sections.

In case of taper pieces average width and depth will be worked out as follows :

W1 = width of small cross section

W2 = width of large cross section
D1 = depth of small cross section
D2 = depth of large cross section

Average width = W1 + W2
2
Average depth = D1 + D2
2
Width and depth in the case of taper pieces shall be measured at the edge of the collar of the
flange for duct sections fitted with angle iron flanges, otherwise at the bottom of the flange
where flanges are of duct sheet.

For the circular pieces the diameter of the section mid-way between large and small diameters
shall be measured and adopted as the mean diameter for calculating the surface at the taper
piece.

For the face length of taper piece shall be the mean of the lengths measured face to face from
the centre of the width and depth of flanges.

For the special pieces like bends, branches, and tees etc. same principle of area measurement
as for linear lengths shall be adopted except for bends and elbows, the length of which shall be
the average of the lengths of inner and outer periphery along with curvature or angle of the
piece.

21.2 Duct Insulation

This item is provided separately for various thickness and shall be paid for on area basis of
un-insulated duct. The area of the duct to be insulated shall be measured before application of
insulation.

21.3 Grilles & Diffusers

All extruded aluminium grilles and diffusers shall be paid on the basis of actual measurement
at site on area basis using neck size as base for diffusers having outer size less than 600mm.
Saha & Associates 169 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

Minimum payable quantity for grilles & diffusers shall be 0.1Sq.m. For 600mm x600mm size
diffusers being installed in grid ceiling shall be counted at site and payment shall be made on
unit basis.

21.4 Un-insulated Piping

Payment for un-insulated piping shall be made on the basis of linear measurement including
all material and labor for installed pipes. The linear rate per meter/feet for each nominal
diameter shall include all pipe fittings, flanges, unions, gasket for joints, nuts & bolts, pipe
supports & hangers, vibration isolation arrangement, flexible connections and any other item
required to complete the pipe installation except valves of any kind and strainers. The length
of the pipe section with flanges shall be from flange face to flange face.

For fitting like bends, elbows, branches, reducers , tees etc. same principle of linear
measurement as for pipe sections shall be adopted except for bends, the length of which shall
be the average of the lengths of inner and outer periphery along the curvature.

21.5 Chilled Water Piping Insulation

Payment for CHW pipe insulation shall be made on the basis of linear measurement of un-
insulated piping including all material and labor for installed pipes. The linear rate per
meter/feet for each nominal diameter shall include insulation for all pipe fittings, flanges,
unions etc. except valves of any kind and strainers for which payment shall be made based on
the linear length of valve but size same as nominal diameter of pipe on which valve/strainer
has been installed. The length of the pipe section with flanges shall be from flange face to
flange face.

21.6 Valves & Strainers

Payment shall be made on unit basis.

21.7 Floor/Ceiling/Wall Insulation

This item is provided separately for various thicknesses and shall be paid for on actual area
basis as measured at site.

21.8 Refrigerant Piping – For Split Units

Refrigerant piping shall be measured on linear length basis including bends, fittings, pipe
supports & hangers, vibration isolation arrangement, closed cell elastomeric insulation
material and any other item required to complete the pipe installation.

22. All quantities reflected in the schedule are for contractor’s guidance only.

**************************

Saha & Associates 170 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

GUARANTEE PROFORMA - HVAC INSTALLATION

Owner : RAKSHA BUSINESS CENTRE

Location : ZIRAKPUR, PUNJAB

1. The Contractor shall furnish the following guarantee :

“We warrant that everything supplied by us including all components fitted into the
equipment manufactured by others also, shall be in all respects free from all defects and faults
in material, workmanship and manufacture and shall be of the highest grade and quality to
acceptable standards for all materials of the type ordered and shall be in full conformity with
all the specifications, drawings or samples if any and we shall be fully responsible for its
efficient performance. This guarantee shall survive inspection for acceptance and payment for
the equipment and installation, but shall expire (except in respect of the complaints notified to
us) 12 months from the date of issue of completion certificate by the Architect/Consultants.
The complaints, workmanship, manufacturer or performance of any of the equipment or
part/parts thereof shall be notified by fax within 12 months from the date of issue of such
completion certificate”.

2. The Contractor shall replace such of these parts which require replacement under these
conditions free of cost, charge and expenses to the purchaser. In addition, the Contractor shall
be responsible for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of completion certificate for
any defect that may develop or appear under the conditions provided by the Contractor or use
thereof arising from faulty material design or workmanship in the equivalent or any part
thereof or faulty installation of the equipment by the Contractor but not otherwise and shall
correct such defects within one week from the date of notification at his own cost when called
upon to do so by the purchaser who shall state in writing in what respect the portion is faulty.

3. Any faulty component replaced or renewed under the clause shall also be guaranteed for a
period of six months from the date of such replacement or removal of until the end of the
above mentioned period whichever is later.

4. If defects are not rectified within a reasonable time as mentioned in the written notice, the
Project Managers/Architects/Owners shall proceed to do so at the Contractor’s risk and cost
without prejudice to any other right thereof.

SIGNATURE AND STAMP OF THE CONTRACTOR

DATE :

*********************

Saha & Associates 171 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

TECHNICAL DATA TO BE FILLED UP BY THE VENDORS AND

TO BE SUBMITTED ALONG WITH THE OFFERS

WATER COOLED SCREW CHILLERS

S. No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer

1.2 Type of Unit

1.3 Model Number of unit

1.4 Country of Origin

1.5 Certification (ARI/Eurovent)

1.6 Nominal Capacity of Machine

1.7 Actual Capacity of Machine

1.8 Overall Dimensions (mm)

1.9 Noise Level (dB) at 1.5M distance

1.10 Operating Weight (Kg)

1.11 Whether compatible with BMS

1.12 Whether hardwired card/ Control

unit provided
1.13 Type of control panel provided

1.14 Power consumption of overall unit

(KW)
a. At 100% Load
b. At 75% Load
c. At 50% Load
d. At 25% Load
1.15 IKW/TR

a. At 100% Load
b. At 75% Load
c. At 50% Load

d. At 25% Load

1.16 Running Current drawn (Amp)

Saha & Associates 172 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S.No. Item Particulars

1.17 Starting Current drawn (Amp)

1.18 Recommended Incomer switch

rating (Amp)
1.19 Recommended Aluminium cable
size
1.20 Vibration isolation arrangement

1.21 Time required to restart the

machine.
1.22 Time required to arrive at full load.

2. Compressor

2.1 Manufacturer

2.2 Country of origin

2.3 Type and number of compressor/s

2.4 Compressor Model No.

2.5 Drive Arrangement

2.6 Nominal capacity

2.7 Suction Temperature

2.8 Discharge Temperature

2.9 Actual capacity at above parameters

2.10 Type of refrigerant

2.11 Number of refrigeration circuits

2.12 Quantity of Refrigerant (Kg)

2.13 Type of capacity control

2.14 Number of steps of capacity control

2.15 Test pressure- max. (Kg /Sqcm)

2.16 Maximum revolutions per minute.

2.17 Compressor motor manufacturer

2.18 Type of motor

Saha & Associates 173 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S.No. Item Particulars

2.19 Electrical Characteristic

3. Condenser

3.1 Manufacturer

3.2 Type of condenser

3.3 Model number

3.4 Entring CDW temperature (C)

3.5 Leaving CDW temperature (C)

3.6 Water flow rate (USGPM)

3.7 Pressure drop (M of water)

3.8 Water Velocity (MPS)

3.9 Fouling Factor (FPS)

3.10 Number of Passes

3.11 Shell Dia (mm)

3.12 Number of Tubes

3.13 Tube Material

3.14 Tube thickness (mm)

4. Chiller

4.1 Manufacturer

4.2 Type of chiller

4.3 Model number

4.4 Entring CHW temperature (C)

4.5 Leaving CHW temperature (C)

4.6 Water flow rate (USGPM)

4.7 Pressure drop (M of water)

4.8 Water Velocity (MPS)

Saha & Associates 174 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S.No. Item Particulars

4.9 Fouling Factor (FPS)

4.10 Number of Passes

4.11 Shell Dia (mm)

4.12 Number of Tubes

4.13 Tube Material

4.14 Tube thickness (mm)

4.15 Refrigerant Temp (degree C)

4.16 Heat rejection (BTUs/hr)

5. Controls

5.1 Manufacturer

5.2 Type

6. Refrigerant Piping

6.1 Material of piping

6.2 Material of Fittings

COOLING TOWERS

S. No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type of CT
1.3 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.4 Noise Level
1.5 Operating Weight (Kg)
1.6 Material of casing
1.7 Model No.
1.8 Capacity (TR)
1.9 Water Flow Rate (USGPM)
1.10 Leaving/Entring Temperature (F)
1.11 Range (F)
1.12 Approach (F)
2. Fan
2.1. Manufacturer
2.2 Type of fan
2.3 Model No.

Saha & Associates 175 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

2.4 Air Quantity. (Cfm)

2.5 Static Pressure (mm WG)
2.6 Dia of fan (mm)
2.7 Speed (RPM)
2.8 No. of fan
3. Motor
3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Type
3.3 Rating (HP)
3.4 Speed (RPM)
3.5 Electrical Characteristics
4. Fills
4.1 Manufacturer
4.2 Sourced from
4.3 Fill Material
4.4 Saturation Efficiency
4.5 Water Cosumption (LPH)
4.6 Drift Loss (USGPH)
4.7 Evaporation Loss (%)
4.8 Whether eliminators provided

CONDENSER WATER PUMPSETS

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Model
1.3 Type
1.4 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.5 Operating Weight (Kg)
1.6 Capacity (USGPM)
1.7 Head (M)
1.8 Efficiency (%)
1.9 Noise Level
1.10 Motor Rating (HP)
1.11 BHP
1.12 Motor Manufacturer
1.13 Material
1.13.1 Pump casing
1.13.2 Impeller
1.13.3 Shaft
1.13.4 Shaft sleeve
1.13.5 Base plate
1.13.6 Type of bearings
1.13.7 Type and material of seal
1.14 Vibration isolation arrangement

Saha & Associates 176 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMPSETS

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Model
1.3 Type
1.4 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.5 Operating Weight (Kg)
1.6 Capacity (USGPM)
1.7 Head (M)
1.8 Efficiency (%)
1.9 Noise Level
1.10 Motor Rating (HP)
1.11 BHP
1.12 Motor Manufacturer
1.13 Material
1.13.1 Pump casing
1.13.2 Impeller
1.13.3 Shaft
1.13.4 Shaft sleeve
1.13.5 Base plate
1.13.6 Type of bearings
1.13.7 Type and material of seal
1.14 Vibration isolation arrangement

SECONDARY VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING SYSTEM

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Model
1.3 Type
1.4 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.5 Operating Weight (Kg)
1.6 Capacity (USGPM)
1.7 Head (M)
1.8 Efficiency (%)
1.9 Noise Level
1.10 Motor Rating (HP)
1.11 BHP
1.12 Motor Manufacturer
1.13 Material
1.13.1 Pump casing
1.13.2 Impeller
1.13.3 Shaft
1.13.4 Shaft sleeve
S.No. Item Particulars
Saha & Associates 177 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1.13.5 Base plate

1.13.6 Type of bearings
1.13.7 Type and material of seal
1.14 Vibration isolation arrangement
1.15 Pump Logic Controller
1.15.1 Make
1.15.2 Country of origin
1.15.3 Standard applicable
1.15.4 Interface with BMS
1.15.5 Radio Interference Standards
1.15.6 Power Supply
1.16 Automatic AFD
Bypass/Manual Bypass
1.16.1 Make
1.16.2 Country of origin
1.16.3 Motor Rating
1.16.4 Rated Current
1.16.5 Type of enclosure
1.17 Adjustable Frequency Drive
1.16.1 Make
1.16.2 Country of origin
1.17.3 Motor Rating
1.17.4 Rated Current
1.17.5 Type of enclosure
1.17.6 Slip Compensation
1.17.7 Pid Controller
1.17.8 Fault Indication
1.17.9 Historic Fault & Parameter
Lock

1.17.1 Key & Display

0
1.18 Differential Pressure
Sensor/Transmitter
1.18.1 Make

1.18.2 Country of origin

1.18.3 Model

1.18.4 Type
1.18.5 Construction material
1.19.6 Power Supply
1.19.7 Degree of Protection

Saha & Associates 178 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

AIR COOLED HEAT PUMPS

S. No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type of Unit
1.3 Model No. of unit
1.4 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.5 Noise Level (dB) at 1M distance
1.6 Operating Weight (Kg)
1.7 Material of casing
1.8 Type of finish
1.9 Power consumption of overall unit
(KW)
1.10 Running Current drawn (Amp)
1.11 Starting Current drawn (Amp)
1.12 Recommended Incomer switch
rating (Amp)
1.13 Recommended Aluminium cable
size
1.14 Vibration isolation arrangement
2. Compressor

2.1 Manufacturer
2.2 Country of origin
2.3 Type and number of compressor/s
2.4 Model No
2.5 Nominal capacity
2.6 Suction Temperature
2.7 Discharge Temperature
2.8 Actual capacity at above parameters
2.9 Type of refrigerant
2.10 Type of capacity control
2.11 Number of steps of capacity control
2.12 Power consumption (KW)

3. Air Cooled Condenser

3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Type of condenser
3.3 Tube material
3.4 Fin material
3.5 Coil face velocity (FPM)
3.6 Type of fans
3.7 Number of fans
3.8 Motor rating of each fan
4. Cooler
4.1 Manufacturer
4.2 Type of cooler
Saha & Associates 179 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

4.3 Entring CHW temperature (C)

4.4 Leaving CHW temperature (C)
4.5 Water flow rate (USGPM)
4.6 Pressure drop (M of water)
4.7 Fouling Factor (FPS)
4.8 Number of Passes
5. Controls
5.1 Manufacturer
5.2 Type
6. Refrigerant Piping
6.1 Material of piping
6.2 Material of Fittings

AIR HANDLING UNITS

S. No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type of Unit
1.3 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.4 Noise Level at 1M distance from
AHU
1.5 Operating Weight (Kg)
1.6 Material of casing
1.7 Thickness of inner skin (mm)
1.8 Thickness of outer skin (mm)
1.9 Type of insulation
1.10 Thickness & density of insulation
1.11 Material & thickness of drain pan.
1.12 Whether thermal break profile
provided
1.13 Whether canopy provided
1.14 Whether Mixing Chamber
provided
2. Centrifugal Fan

2.1. Manufacturer
2.2 Type of fan
2.3 Model No.
2.4 Air Quantity. (Cfm)
2.5 Static Pressure (mm WG)
2.6 Fan Outlet Velocity
3. Motor

3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Type
3.3 Rating (HP)
3.4 Speed (RPM)
3.5 Electrical Characteristics
Saha & Associates 180 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S. No. Item Particulars

4. Cooling Coil

4.1 Manufacturer
4.2 Type
4.3 Material & Thickness of tubes
4.4 Material & Thickness of fins
4.5 Number of fins per cm
4.6 Pressure drop (M of water)
4.7 Water Velocity (MPS)
4.8 Face velocity (FPM)
4.9 Material of header
4.10 Number of rows deep
5. Filters

5.1 Manufacturer
5.2 Type
5.3 Thickness (mm)
5.4 Filter Face Velocity
6. Control for AHUs

6.1 Manufacturer of 3 way/2 way

valve
6.2 Type
6.3 Manufacture of Actuator
6.4 Type of Actuator

VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES FOR AHUs

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer

1.2 Type

TREATED FRESH AIR HANDLING UNITS

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type of Unit
1.3 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.4 Noise Level at 1M distance from
AHU

Saha & Associates 181 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S.No. Item Particulars

1.5 Operating Weight (Kg)

1.6 Material of casing
1.7 Material & Thickness of inner
skin (mm)
1.8 Material & Thickness of outer
skin (mm)
1.9 Type of insulation
1.10 Thickness & density of insulation
1.11 Material & thickness of drain pan.
1.12 Whether thermal break profile
provided
1.13 Whether canopy provided
1.14 Whether Mixing Chamber
provided
2. Centrifugal Fan

2.1. Manufacturer
2.2 Type of fan
2.3 Model No.
2.4 Air Quantity. (Cfm)
2.5 Static Pressure (mm WG)
2.6 Fan Outlet Velocity
3. Motor
3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Type
3.3 Rating (HP)
3.4 Speed (RPM)
3.5 Electrical Characteristics
3.6 Motor protection class
3.7 Insulation class
4. Cooling Coil

4.1 Manufacturer
4.2 Type
4.3 Material & Thickness of tubes
4.4 Material & Thickness of fins
4.5 Number of fins per cm
4.6 Pressure drop (M of water)
4.7 Water Velocity (MPS)
4.8 Face velocity (FPM)
4.9 Material of header
4.10 Number of rows deep
5. Filters
Filter 1
5.1 Manufacturer
5.2 Type
5.3 Thickness (mm)
5.4 Filter Face Velocity
Filter 2
Saha & Associates 182 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S.No. Item Particulars

5.1 Manufacturer
5.2 Type
5.3 Thickness (mm)
5.4 Filter Face Velocity
6. Control for AHUs
6.1 Manufacturer of 3 way /2 way
valve
6.2 Type
6.3 Manufacture of Actuator
6.4 Type of Actuator
6.5 Whether Motorised damper
provided?

SPLIT UNITS

S. No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type of Unit
1.3 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.4 Noise Level
1.5 Operating Weight (Kg)
1.6 Power consumption of overall
unit (KW)
2. Compressor
2.1 Manufacturer
2.2 Country of origin
2.3 Type and number of
compressor/s
2.4 Model No
2.5 Nominal capacity
2.6 Suction Temperature
2.7 Discharge Temperature
2.8 Actual capacity at above
parameters
2.9 Type of refrigerant
2.10 Power consumption (KW)
3. Condenser
3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Type of condenser
4. DX Cooling Coil
3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Type of cooling coil
3.3 Tube material
3.4 Fin material
3.5 Coil face velocity (FPM)
5. Supply Air Fan
5.1. Manufacturer
Saha & Associates 183 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S. No. Item Particulars

5.2 Type of fan

5.3 Model No.
5.4 Air Quantity. (Cfm)
5.5 Static Pressure (mm WG)
5.6 Fan Outlet Velocity
6. Motor
6.1 Manufacturer
6.2 Type
6.3 Rating (HP)
6.4 Speed (RPM)
6.5 Electrical Characteristics
7. Filters
7.1 Manufacturer
7.2 Type
7.3 Thickness (mm)
7.4 Filter Face Velocity
8. Controls
8.1 Manufacturer
8.2 Type

PIPING & VALVES

S.No. Item Particulars

1. Piping
1.1 Make
1.2 Material for CHW & CDW pipes
1.3 Class of pipes
1.4 Thickness
1.5 Make & Material for Drain pipes
2. Valves
Make & Test Pressure of
following valves
2.1 Butterfly Valves
2.2 Balancing Valves
2.3 Check Valves
2.4 Gate Valves
2.5 Ball Valves
2.6 Pot Strainers
2.7 Flow Switch

CHILLED WATER PIPE INSULATION

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Material
1.2 Manufacturer
1.3 Density
1.4 Thickness
1.5 Class
Saha & Associates 184 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

UNDER DECK INSULATION

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Material
1.3 Density
1.4 Thickness

FRESH AIR FAN FOR SUPPLY AIR

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type of Unit
1.3 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.4 Noise Level
1.5 Operating Weight (Kg)
1.6 Material of casing
1.7 Type of finish
2. Centrifugal Fan
2.1. Manufacturer
2.2 Type of fan
2.3 Model No.
2.4 Air Quantity. (Cfm)
2.5 Static Pressure (mm WG)
2.6 Fan Outlet Velocity
3. Motor
3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Type
3.3 Rating (HP)
3.4 Speed (RPM)
3.5 Electrical Characteristics
4. Filters
4.1 Manufacturer
4.2 Type
4.3 Thickness (mm)

4.4 Filter Face Velocity

EXTRACT FAN SECTION

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type of Unit
1.3 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.4 Noise Level
Saha & Associates 185 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1.5 Operating Weight (Kg)

1.6 Material of casing
1.7 Type of finish
2. Centrifugal Fan
2.1. Manufacturer
2.2 Type of fan
2.3 Model No.
2.4 Air Quantity. (Cfm)
2.5 Static Pressure (mm WG)
2.6 Fan Outlet Velocity
3. Motor
3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Type
3.3 Rating (HP)
3.4 Speed (RPM)
3.5 Electrical Characteristics
4. Filters
4.1 Manufacturer
4.2 Type
4.3 Thickness (mm)
4.4 Filter Face Velocity

PROPELLER FANS
S.No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type
1.3 Electrical Characteristics
1.4 Whether Capacitors Provided
1.5 Whether gravity louvers and bird
screen provided

INLINE FANS

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type
1.3 Electrical Characteristics
1.4 Whether Capacitors Provided
1.5 Overall Dimensions (mm)
1.6 Noise Level
1.7 Operating Weight (Kg)
1.8 Material of casing
1.9 Type of finish
1.10 Whether speed regulators
Provided
Saha & Associates 186 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1.11 Whether gravity louvers and bird

screen provided

AXIAL FLOW FANS

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type
1.3 Electrical Characteristics
1.4 Capacity (Cfm)
1.5 Noise Level in dB (at 1M
distance)
1.6 Class of Insulation

AIR CURTAIN
S.No. Item Particulars

1. General

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Type
1.3 Electrical Characteristics
1.4 Material of construction of casing
1.5 Material of construction of
blowers
1.6 Fan Outlet velocity (FPM)

REFRIGERANT PIPING

S. No. Item Particulars

1. Hard/ Soft Drawn Piping

1.1 Make
1.2 Material
1.3 Material of fittings
1.4 Thickness
1.5 Make & Material for Drain pipes

GS SHEET & DUCT WORK

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer of GI Sheet
1.2 Class
1.3 Zinc coating (gm/SqM)
1.4 Thickness

Saha & Associates 187 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1.5 Manufacturer of Factory

Fabricated Ducts
1.6 Type of flanges for factory
fabricated ducts

a. For Exposed Ducts

b. For Concealed Ducts

GRILLES, DIFFUSERS AND DAMPERS

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Material

FIRE DAMPERS

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Material
1.3 Manufacturer of Actuators

ACOUSTIC LINING OF DUCT

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Material
1.2 Manufacture
1.3 Density
1.4 Thickness
1.5 Thermal Conductivity (K Value)

ACOUSTIC LINING OF AHU ROOMS

S. No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Material
1.2 Manufacture
1.3 Density
1.4 Thickness
1.5 Thermal Conductivity (K Value)

EXTERNAL THERMAL INSULATION OF DUCTS

S. No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Material
1.2 Manufacture
1.3 Density
1.4 Thickness
Saha & Associates 188 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

1.5 Thermal Conductivity (K Value)

1.6 Class of insulation

ELECTRICAL

S.No. Item Particulars

1. General
1.1 Manufacturer of panels
1.2 Make of following components
1.2.1 MCCB
1.2.2 MCB
1.2.3 Starters
1.2.4 Ammeters/Voltmeters
1.2.5 Push Buttons
1.2.6 Indication Lights
1.2.7 Current Transformers
1.3 Power Cables
1.4 Control Cables

******************************

Saha & Associates 189 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

S. No. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL ACCEPABLE MAKE

A. EQUIPMENT

1. Water cooled Screw Chillers/Plant Daikin/ York/Trane/Carrier

Manager
2. Air cooled Heat Pumps Daikin/ York/Trane/Carrier

3. Primary CHW Pumps ITT-Xylem/Grundfoss/Armstrong

4. Secondary Variable Speed ITT-Xylem/Grundfoss/Armstrong

Pumping System (VSPS)
5. Hot Water Generator Rapid Control/Emerald

6. Cooling Towers Bell/Paharpur

7. Air Handling Units Zeco/Edgetech/Crystal

8. Centrifugal Fans for AHUs or Kruger/Nicotra

wherever required
9. Cooling Coil Zeco/Edgetech/Crystal

10. Variable Frequency Drives Danfoss/ ABB/ Siemens

11. Extract fan Sections & Fan Filter Zeco/Edgetech/Crystal/Tristar

Units
12. Fan Coil Units Daikin/Johnson Controls/Trane

13. CHW Cassette Units & Wall Caryaire/Daikin

Mounted Units
14. Heat Recovery Wheel (HRW) Bryair (DRI)

15. Heat Recovery Wheel (HRW) Bryair (DRI)/Zeco/Edgetech/Crystal

Unit – Complete Assembly
16. Air Washer Zeco/Edgetech/Crystal

17. Electrostatic Precipitator for Dry Espair/Trion

Air Scrubbers
18. SISW Fans Kruger/ Nicotra

19. Pumps for air washers/scrubber Kirloskar/Beacon/Grundfoss

20. Paper Fills Glacier-Cor/Munters

21. Non-Ductable Split Units Carrier/Daikin/Mitsubishi Electric

22. Compressor for Split Units Copeland/Carrier/ Daikin/Mitsubishi Electric

Saha & Associates 190 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S. No. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL ACCEPABLE MAKE

23. Voltage Stabilisers Logicstat

24. Motors Siemens/ABB/Bharat Bijlee

25. V- Belts Fenner India/Dunlop

26. Inline Fans Sphere Vent/Tristar

27. Propeller Fans Alstom Marathan

28. Axial Flow Fans Kruger/Nicotra/Systemair

29. Vibration isolators/ suspenders Resistoflex

30. Pre Filters Purolator/ Thermodyne/ Spectrum

31. Air Curtains Beacon/Thermadyne/Tristar

32. Steel Wire Rope Hangers & Gripple

Supports
33. REME Cells Zeco

34. HRV Units Daikin/Mitsubishi Electric

35. Central Air Cleaners Magneto/Honeywell

B. PIPING

1. Pipes (MS & GI) Jindal (Hissar)/Tata Steel

2. Butterfly Valves Advance/Audco

3. Motorised Butterfly Valves Belimo/Honeywell

4. Balancing Valves Advance/Audco

5. Check Valves Advance/Audco

6. Gate Valves Leader (ISI marked) upto 65mm dia and

Kirloskar above/ Kitz
7. Ball Valves Zoloto/Cimm/Emerald

8. Strainers Emerald/Sant

9. Pressure Gauges Emerald/Fiebig/H-Guru

10. Thermometers Emerald/H-Guru

Saha & Associates 191 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S. No. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL ACCEPABLE MAKE

11. Expansion Bellows Resistoflex

12. Flow Switch/ Airstat/ Geyserstat Anergy/Siemens

13. Welding Rods Advani

14. Auto Purge Valves Anergy

15. Test Points Anergy

16. Copper Refrigerant Piping Rajco/Mandev/Jindal

17. Copper Refrigerant Piping Insulation K Flex/Eurobatex/Armaflex

(Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation)
18. cPVC Piping Astral/Poly Pack/Supreme

19. Drain Pumps Apsen

20. Air Separator, Closed Expansion Anergy/Emerald/ITT

Tank & Pressurization unit
C. DUTWORK AND AIR
TERMINALS
1. GS Sheet SAIL/Tata Steel/National/Jindal/Lloyd

2. Factory Fabricated Ducts & TDC Ductofab/Zeco

flanges
3. Round/Spiral Factory Fabricated Ductofab/Zeco/GP Spira
Ducts
4. Pre Filters Purolator/Thermodyne/Spectrum

5. Extruded Aluminium Grilles & Servex /Dynacraft/Tristar

Diffusers
6. Dash Fasteners HILTI/Fischer

7. Intake Louvers Servex /Dynacraft/Tristar

8. Duct /grille dampers & Air Transfer Servex /Dynacraft/Tristar

Grille
9. Smoke cum Fire Dampers Caryaire/Tristar/Servex

10. Actuators for Fire Dampers & Belimo(Swiss), Joventa (Swiss), Siemens
Motorised dampers
11. Fabric for Flexible Connection Sphere/Easyflex

12. Flexible Ducts UP Twiga

13. Zero Leakage Ex. Al dampers Caryaire/Tristar

Saha & Associates 192 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S. No. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL ACCEPABLE MAKE

14. PLC Auto sequencers/Temp. Proton

Sensor Control Panel for
motorized VCD
15. Factory Fabricated AHU Plenum Zeco/ Edgetech

16. CO Sensor/CO2 Sensor/Hydrogen Honeywell/Johnson Controls/ Omicron

Sensor
17. Variable Air Volume Boxes/ Honeywell / Trane / Johnson Controls
Actuators for VAVs
D. INSULATION

1. Fibre Glass UP Twiga/ Owens Corning/ K Flex

2. Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation K Flex/Armacell/Eurobatex

3. Open cell nitrile rubber K Flex/Armacell/Eurobatex

4. Expanded Polystyrene Beardsell/ Toshiba

5. RP Tissue UP Twiga/ Owens Corning

6. Adhesive for application of closed Fevicol(Pidilite)

cell insulation (AC Duct King Eco
Fresh & 1K PUR FR)
7. Glass cloth & UV protection paint Paramount/Armaflex

8. Nitrile Tape for nitrile insulation K Flex/Armacell/Eurobatex

(Class ‘O’)
E. CONTROLS

1. 2/3 way diverting valves Honeywell/Siemens-Staefa/ Johnson/

Belimo/Anergy
2. Proportional Honeywell/Siemens-Staefa/ Belimo/ Danfoss
Thermostat/Modulating Motor /Anergy
3. Flow Switch Anergy/Omicron

4. Duct Pressure Sensor Honeywell/ Johnson Controls/ Omicron

(DPS)/Differential Pressure Sensor
5. Temperature & RH Sensor Honeywell/Siemens-Staefa/Johnson/
Omicron
6. 2 way Pressure Independent self Flowcon
balancing valves cum Control
Valves for AHUs & FCUs
7. FCU Key Card Controller & Neptronic/Omicron
Thermostat
8. Central Control Station Compaq/HP/ IBM/ DELL
Saha & Associates 193 Thermal Factor
Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S. No. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL ACCEPABLE MAKE

9. Printer Epson/ HP

10. Immersion Temp. Sensors Honeywell/Johnson Controls/Siemens/Trane/

Omicron
11. Ultrasonic Flow Meters Honeywell/Johnson Controls/Siemens/Trane/
Omicron
12. Differential Pressure switch for Honeywell/Johnson Controls/Siemens/Trane/
pump status Omicron
D ELECTRICAL

1. Panel Manufacturers Madhu Electricals/ Tricolite/

Advance/Indiatech
Components

1. MCCB L&T/ABB/Siemens/GE power/Merlin Gerin

2. MCB L& T/Hager/Merlin Gerin/MDS

3. ELMCB/ELCB L& T/Hager/Merlin Gerin/MDS

4. Contractors L & T/GE/Siemens

5. Overload Relay L & T/GE/Siemens

Cables
1. Power Cables Havells/Polycab/Rallison/Skytone

2. Copper Control Cables Finolex/ National/ Skyline/ Rallison

3. Cable Gland Commet

4. Lugs Dowells crimping type/3D/Jainsons

5. Connectors Elmec/ VKS/ ESSEN

6. M.S./GI Conduits ISI embossed BEC/ AKG

black enameled/Galvanized
Meters/Indicators
1. Ammeters/Volmeters (Digital L&T/Rishab/AE/Enercon/Secure
Type)
2. Indicating Lamps (LED Siemens/ESBEE/L&T
Type)/Push Buttons
3. Current Transformer AE/L&T/EE/AVK-SEGC

4. Selector Switches Salzer (l&T), Kaycee

Saha & Associates 194 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

NOTES :

1. Make of any other equipment/ material not mentioned above shall be got approved from the
Architects/ Owners before execution.

2. Relevant catalogue to be submitted along with the offers.

3. Relevant Test Certificates to be produced for various equipment & material during billing
process.

4. Under electrical, wherever, there is multiple choices of brands /approved makes, the
brands/make nominated by Owners/ Architects out of the multiple brands shall have to be
supplied.

*********************

Saha & Associates 195 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

PROFORMA FOR TEST RESULTS and NOTES ON TEST INSTRUMENTS and

CAPACITY COMPUTATIONS

S.No. Item Test Results

1. Ambient conditions ------ D.B.Temp. - degree C

W.B.Temp. - degree C
R.H - %

2. Compressors ------ R PM
Refrigerant gas
suction pressure -Kg/Sq.cm
Refrigerant gas
discharge pressure -Kg/Sq.cm
Oil pressure -Kg/Sq.cm

3. Compressor Motors ------- RPM -

Voltage - Volts
Current -
a. at 100% load - degree C
b. at partial load -

1 - Amps

2 - Amps

3 - Amps

4. Water Chillers ------ Water flow rate - LPM

Water temperature
entering - degree C

leaving - degree C

Water pressure

entering - Kg/Sq.cm
leaving - Kg/Sq.cm

5. condensers ------ Water flow rate - LPM

Water temperature
entering - degree C
leaving - degree C

Water pressure

entering - Kg/Sq.cm
leaving - Kg/Sq.cm

Saha & Associates 196 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

S.No. Item Test Results

6. Pumps ------ R.P.M

Motor current - Amps
Discharge pressure -Kg/Sq.cm

Return pressure - Kg/Sq.cm

7. Air handling units & ------ Total air quantity across coil
Fan coil units CMH

Coil face area - SqM

Air temperatures
entering (D.B) - degree C
entering (W.B) - degree C
leaving (D.B) - degree C
leaving (W.B) - degree C

Water flow rate - LPM

Water temperature
entering - degree C
leaving - degree C
Water pressure
entering - Kg/Sq.cm

leaving - Kg/Sq.cm

8. Cooling Towers
Water Temperature -Entering C
Water temperature. -Leaving C
Wet Bulb approach C
Fan motor current Amps.
Fan motor voltage Volts
Fan motor speed RPM

9. Fresh air intakes ------ Face area - SqM

Air quantity - CMH

Saha & Associates 197 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

10. Room conditions at the

working plant (No. of
readings shall be taken
and averaged out) ------- Temperature

D.B. - degree C

W.B. - degree C

11. Controls ------- Function of each control

shall be tested and report
furnished.

Notes :

A. TEST INSTRUMENTS

1. All instruments for testing shall be provided by the air conditioning contractor.

2. Thermometers used for measurements of temperature of water/ refrigerant shall have

graduations of 0.1 degree C and shall be got calibrated from N.P.I., or any recognized
test house before hand.

3. Thermometers used in the psychrometers shall have graduations of 0.2 degree C and shall be
calibrated as above.

4. Pressure gauges shall also be got calibrated before hand from a recognized test house.

5. Orifice type flow meters shall be used for measuring flow rate through chillers.

6. Where flow rates vs. pressure drop curves for the heat exchangers of the same model as
installed, certified by Consultants on the basis of tests conducted at manufacturer’s works are
produced, flow meters for measuring water flow rate through these may not be
provided. Actual water flow shall in such a case, be computed with reference to these curves
and the actual pressure drop measured at site.

7. Integrating type flow meters may be used for measuring water flow through the individual air
handling units.

8. Air flow rate shall be measured in the supply duct using pitot tube as indicated in figures 3
and 4.

B. CAPACITY COMPUTATIONS

1. Chiller Package :

The capacity shall be computed from the water temperature and water flow rate
measurements of the chiller.

2. Air handling unit :

Saha & Associates 198 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

The capacity shall be computed from the water temperatures and water flow rate
measurements. A tolerance of + 5% from the specified value shall be acceptable in the
capacity so computed. Air quantity shall be measured in the supply duct and checked with the
quantity specified in the schedule. A tolerance of + 10% in the air quantity shall be
acceptable. The enthalpy difference of air entering and leaving the coil shall be computed
from air temperatures as recorded.

3. If due to any reason, internal load mentioned in the tender specification is not available
psychometric computations for actual load conditions will be done and the plant, if found
satisfactory will be accepted.

*********************

Saha & Associates 199 Thermal Factor

Holiday Inn, Zirakpur R0 HVAC Works

LIST OF EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES WHICH CONTRACTOR HAS TO BRING, KEEP

AND MAINTAIN, AT HIS OWN COST, AT SITE DURING THE CURRENCY OF THE
CONTRACT IN GOOD CONDITION.

S.No. PLANT/EQUIPMENT NUMBER

01. Hydraulic Test Machine 1

02. Floor mounted drill machine 1
03. Hand drill machine 2

04. Lock forming machine for duct fabrication 1

05. Hand held lock closing machine 1

06. Collar cutting machine 1

07. Mechanized saw for cutting angles & channels 1

08. Duct smoke test kit 1

09. Thermometers 2

10. Water line pressure testing kit 1

11. For application of closed cell elastomeric insulation

i. 1200 long steel scale 1

ii. 1200x900 size 40mm thick 1
commercial ply board
iii. Paper cutter of different sizes 12

and any other equipment required for efficient execution of work within the stipulated period.

**************************

Saha & Associates 200 Thermal Factor